"The Mind of the Subject will always struggle and confuse with memories that never exited, reflecting on its Fisic Body."

                         The Dimensional Travel,

                            - Julianne Lowell, 1945

                              1970s

                       United States

            Interior of Massachusetts

   Dairy: "My name is Edward Robert Levinson, and this is going to be my new Dairy for the next months, or years. I'm not being exactly a GOOD guy, I actually do right things, but also sometimes, bad things. People pay me to do Things, whatever they want, that's my Job, not always was like that, but nowadays, this is what I do."

Weekend, in a Beautiful and Sunny Neighborhood.

   Edward's Mind:

"Ok, ok, it's just get in the house, and do what I was paid for... This is going to be hard... I don't know if I can. Just... Just get out of the car and go Edward, you can Do this!"

   Edward: Yes! I can do it!

Edward puts his mask on and enters the House, entering there he goes to the backyard...

   Edward: So!? Who is the little Leo here? Because I have a big Gift to him!!

   Lauren: Go Leo! Go see your SuperHero Uncle Edward!

   Leo: Here Super Uncle!

   Edward: C'mon Leo!!

2 hours later, Edward is with his cousin Lauren in the Kitchen.

   Lauren: So, Mister Moustache, How's going?

   Edward: Yeah, I noticed that I got a Moustache. But Lauren, You didn't had to pay me, I was nervous before when I dressed with this super hero costume, when I was in the car, but, it's just a Birthday party you know?

   Lauren: Edward, just stop, get the money and enjoy it, I'm doing this because you just get paid from bad people, people that don't want to put themselves at risk, and pay to you to get things done.

   Edward: It's not like that. Whatever, I need to talk to you, without people around.

   Lauren: There's no problem, there is just part of our family and Friends there's nothing to hide..

   Edward: Lauren just!... Let's go upstairs and we can talk better.

   Lauren: Ok, ok, let's go.

Edward and Lauren go upstairs

   Edward: So Lauren, I got a new work..

   Lauren: Edward! Again you are doing..

   Edward: Wait!! Let me Explain. This is going to be the Last one..

   Lauren: Ooh I'm not so sure.

   Edward: It's going to be!... The payment is going to be big, really big, and probably..

   Lauren: Probably what? You are going to be rich, is that?

   Edward: No, it's..

   Lauren: This is not the first time you say this.

   Edward: NO!!... With the payment I can pay our debts, our problems, help our Family, and pay my debt.

   Lauren: Are you serious? How much money we are talking about here?

   Edward: They didn't tell me, they just send me a letter that is inside my car.

   Lauren: What? Wait a second. They just send you a letter and is that? Who are they?

   Edward: I.... I, I don't know But!

   Lauren: Oh My God Edward.

   Edward: Wait just hear me!

   Lauren: You don't even know who they are?

   Edward: Lauren it's not like that! 

   Lauren: You don't even know how their faces are?!

   Edward: Listen! In that kind of business, you can't make child's play, understand? What I know is that I have to go to a City and Rescue a Girl. Have you ever heard of Silver Springs?

   Lauren: Oh, Here we go. No, why?

   Edward: So, remember that story that was going around saying about a new and Perfect city? Where all people are Happy and there's no discrimination there?

   Lauren: Ok, that sounds familiar, but do you think that city you have to go, is... The story's City?

   Edward: It fits in the description of the City in the Letter.

   Lauren: Edward.... Just... Where's this letter?!

   Edward: Here, let's go outside to my car.

Lauren and Edward goes outside the birthday party in the House to his car. The neighborhood is agitated, a lot of cars and families outside and inside their houses, enjoying their time together.

   Edward: It's... Right there. Here  read this.

Lauren takes the letter and starts reading it.

   Edward: So, this is what I know, I have to meet a couple at the Bay of Maine, then they are going to give me the instructions to get in the City

   Lauren: Wait, let me see if I understand, you have to rescue a Girl in the tallest tower of, Umm, Silver Falls right?

   Edward: The name of the city is Silver Springs.

   Lauren: Oh, Ok, Ummm, and they are giving you a lot of money, just for that? Rescue a Girl in a Tower?

   Edward: Yeah, I know that this doesn't sound really difficult than other works that I got before, but, maybe she's a Important Girl, like, daughter of some powerful people, I don't know..

   Lauren: Edward, this work sounds like a Fairytale.

   Edward: No! Just look at this.

Edward shows a box received for the work and he opens it.

   Edward: These are pictures of where I have to go, The Girl, the Map of the City and around. What I trying to say is that, this has to be something, and as I said before, with what I work, there is no Child's play. And also, you read the letter, and does it sound like they are trying to make a prank on me? And if they are, you know what happens.

   Lauren: Ok! Ok. When are you going?

   Edward: Tomorrow afternoon, probably at 2 PM, that's the time that they put it in the letter.

   Lauren: Do you think this couple is the people who contracted you?

   Edward: I don't know, maybe.

   Edward: I'm taking Texas with me.

   Lauren: Wait, why are you going with a horse to there?

   Edward: In the end of the letter look, it's saying that it's dangerous to have a vehicle like a car, that someone can follow me, at least I have an Animal like a Horse.

   Lauren: Ok, just... Don't come back to them.

   Edward: Them who?

   Lauren: The Gang, especially Don.

   Edward: I can't promise you that.

   Lauren: Edward!

   Edward: Here, listen , I don't know if I'm going to need help, then, if I need it, they are someone who I can trust.

   Lauren: Fine, are you going now?

   Edward: I'm just saying Bye to the Family and friends inside the House, and I'm going to say Goodbye to my parents.

   Lauren: All right.

Edward goes inside the house and says goodbye to people and last to Lauren.

   Lauren: Edward, just don't do anything stupid, all right?

   Edward: I'm not going to, I promise, and that I can keep. Well, goodbye little cousin.

   Lauren: Goodbye cousin

   Edward: And say Bye to your brother for me, I don't see Drake in a While, I miss him.

   Lauren: It's Ok Edward, don't worry.

Edward hugs Lauren and enters in his Blue 1967 Volkswagen Beetle.

   Edward: Bye.

Edward drives to the farm of friends of his family where it keeps Texas. After that, Edward drives to Boston his home, with his Volkswagen Beetle bringing Texas in a big cart behind the car with a winch. Getting in Boston, Edward park his car on the street of his apartment. Inside his apartment he wears his clothes and pack his bags for the time that he's going to be out. In the Next day, he's ready to go, He goes outside to enter in his car, and now, he is going to drive to the State of Maine.

   Edward's Dairy: "Today I'm going to the Bay of the State of Maine, I was contracted for a last work, I have to go to a City called Silver Springs, and rescue a Girl called Lynn as it's written in the picture of the box that I received for the work. The payment is going to be high, high enough to my Redemption, I've been doing bad things, I have debts, even with my family. So, that's why I'm so anxious about this work. I don't know who contracted me, in the letter explaining the work, it's saying that I have to meet a Couple in Maine, they are probably who contracted me. Well, now I'm carrying with my car the cart with Texas inside it, and I'm going to be driving around 155km to Cape Elizabeth in Maine next to Portland."

After almost an hour driving, Edward parks his car in Cape Elizabeth, he opens the cart and takes Texas off, while he looks around and sees from far a Man and a Woman wearing a yellow coat next to a Boat. Then Edward starts to walk to them, the Couple starts to wave at him making Edward sure that they are the right Couple.

                            1977

                           Maine

                    Cape Elizabeth

   Edward: Hello, so, you are the ones who are meeting me here Right?

   The Man: Yes, Mister Levinson is here.

   The Woman: Yes, in the correct time.

   The Man: Of course, All the other times was like that.

   The Woman: But now is going to be different.

   The Man: It has to be..

The Couple has a British accent.

   Edward: Ummm, so, you are going to take me to the city right?

The Couple starts walking to the Boat, Edward starts to follow them, but, after a few steps, he feels a strange feeling and his vision gets Darker when suddenly he feels good again. He didn't understand what happened but he continued following them.

   The Woman: Oh, he's starting to understand what is happening.

   The Man: No, he doesn't even know what is about to happen in his life.

   Edward: Hey guys can you explain what exactly is this City?

   The Woman: Do you think he's ready?

   The Man: He always was, the right question is if he's going to do it right.

   Edward: Hey Guys!

   The Woman: Or the right question is  if he did right sometime.

   Edward: Hey! Are you hearing me?!

   The Man and The Woman: Follow Us.

   Says them both together in one voice.

   Edward: O-Ok.

   The Man: Do you think we scared him?

   The Woman: Probably not.

The Couple get on the boat and Edward look at Texas with a Worried Face.

   The Woman: He's not Moving!

   The Man: He will!

Edward looks at the boat and sits on it with Texas behind. The Couple begins to row in the direction of an Island in the other Coast of Cape Elizabeth. This island is connected with the city and has a Lighthouse next to Big Houses in the street, It was afternoon and was raining, the town was really calm but the sea was agitated.

   Edward: So, Lynn, Silver Springs, a lot of Money, is this right? Where exactly is this City? And where exactly in the City is the Girl?

   The Man: Yes, he's trying to understand.

   The Woman: I think it's better to him think about it to comprehend it as often as possible.

   The Man: Yes, and, as soon as he comprehend it, soon we know if this is the right one.

   The Woman: For sure.

   The Man: Do you think he's capable to get her in the Tower?

   The Woman: He was that time.

   Edward: So, no answers?

The Man gives to The Woman a suitcase, and The Woman gives it to Edward.

   Edward: What's this?...

On the Suitcase is written in Golden Letters "Edward Robert Levinson's Property" and under this, "Private Detectives". Edward opens the Suitcase, and in it, there are pictures, a Map, a Pistol and a Letter written "Bring us the Girl, you will know when and where."

   The Man: All right! We Gave it to him!

   The Woman: Indeed! What last it is him understand it!

   The Man: Ok but, we are getting closer!

   The Woman: Yes we are!

They stop the boat at the Lighthouse, and Edward is looking around the hole place doubting if he did the right choice, accepting this work.

   The Woman: He's not Moving! Again!

   The Man: He will! Eventually...

Edward stands up with Texas and go in direction of the Lighthouse and the other houses in the city.

   The Man: See?! He's Moving!

   The Woman: Yes! He is!

   The Man: Now, we have to wait and see if he's the right one, and not like the others.

   The Woman: I don't think he's another one.

   The Man: Yes, but now he has to move and go inside the Lighthouse!

   The Woman: He's going he always go.

The Couple rows back to the other Coast while talking about Edward and what he has to do.

   The Woman: What we have to worry is if he's going to get in the City or not!

   The Man: Or if he's going to face something in the Way!

Edward look at the Lighthouse in front of him and he sees a paper nailed on the door of the Lighthouse. He walks to the door and reads what's written.

   Edward: "Mister Levinson, if you want to know about the city you can enter in the Lighthouse, if you want to go to the City soon, just go ahead on the street to the House behind the Lighthouse. And bring us the Girl, be done with the City and wipe away the Debt." Well that's interesting.

Edward let Texas walk around the street and he goes inside the Lighthouse. Inside the Lighthouse Edward see some pictures, posters and propaganda about Silver Springs. He goes upstairs and see more of that, he noticed that those posters and propaganda of the City were hidden from the population, probably those propaganda were released from the 1940s to the end of the 1950s, because the propagandas are propagandas from the Second World War, and also there was some dates in the posters, dates from the 50s. Edward also saw a map of The USA, in the map was marked the places were Silver Springs is located, at that moment he noticed that the City is not on the ground. He saw some papers, where was drawn images of Technology that didn't belong for his time, he couldn't even understand it if there wasn't written in the paper what it means. The map shows the size of the City that takes place above the East Coast of the Country. And also, he saw a Radio, and hearing it he realized that the radio station is from Silver Springs, the radio station was talking about the news of the city, followed by the music. A song started playing, song that gave Edward the Vibe of Silver Springs, "We'll Meet Again", it's the song's name. Edward had enough from the Lighthouse, so then he goes outside and calls Texas to follow him, as written in the paper, Edward goes to the House in the street ahead. Getting closer he noticed that there was a movement of people around going to this house, this house was like a Silver Springs Box  Office, the architecture of the house looks similar to a Traditional big German house. When Edward approaches the door with other people passing to inside, all the people were carrying and taking things to the Box Office, and an Irish man talk to Edward while walking in the line to inside the House.

   Man: So, you are going to the city aren't you?

   Edward: Oh, yes... Yes I am.

   Man: I'm saying it because you look kinda worried and, sometimes there's people who don't know what's going on here, you know?

   Edward: Yes, I know what you're talking about, but yes now I know where I'm going, a few minutes later I wasn't really sure what I was doing, but now it's ok.

   Man: Oh, that's right. So, I'm Denis, what's your name Mister?

   Edward: My name is Edward Levinson.

   Denis: So Mister Levinson, why are you going to Silver Springs?

   Edward: Work, and you?

   Denis: My sister, she is living with my aunt in a house in one of the districts, and she invited me to a Lunch... And you have a Beautiful horse, what's his name?

   Edward: Oh! Thank you, this is Texas, he is a really good horse, he is being a good friend of mine in the past years.

Texas was covered by a blanket in his saddle, hiding Edward's guns.

   Denis: Ok Mister Levinson, was nice to meet you, now it's my time, good luck on your work and enjoy the city.

   Edward: Thank you Mister, Goodbye.

Edward approaches the employee at the Box Office before the Guards.

   Employee: Good Afternoon and welcome, please your documents.

Edward gives him his documents while he looks around and to the Guards, he knew that he couldn't get through the Guards with his guns on Texas, Edward went through these situations before, that's why he has a replica of a Police Officer and Veteran distinctive.

  Employee: Okay, you can go, please go to the side where your horse can pass through and go to the Guards.

   Edward: Thank you, good Afternoon.

Edward and Texas pass through the side and stops at the Guards.

  Guard: So, you are going with a horse.

Edward: That's right.

   Guard: Ok, so, lift that blanket off the saddle. And why are you going with a horse?

An other Guard lifts the saddle and sees the guns, the Guards around who weren't searching other people are now on alert with their weapons.

   Guard: Ok, Ok, why there are guns in here?!

   Edward: Here Mister.

Edward shows the Police Officer Distinctive.

   Edward: I'm going for work. And this horse is my horse from the Police Department, ok?

   Guard: Oh.. Ok, you can go Officer, just go ahead inside that  bigger capsule please.

  The other guards stay calm, and Edward pass the Guards entering the capsule. He doesn't understand how this capsules are going to take people to the city, then a recorded voice starts to speak.

   Recorded Voice: " Please, make sure that you are or everyone is inside the Capsule."

   Edward: C'mon Texas stay next to me.

   Recorded Voice: "Starting the Capsule Takeoff in 60 seconds."

   Edward: What is happening?

The Capsule starts to rise.

   Recorded Voice: " 1 thousand feet"

   Edward: Hold on!!

   Recorded Voice: " 3 thousand feet, 5 thousand feet, 10 thousand feet... Hallelujah...."

When the voice stops, the Capsule passes through the clouds and reveals probably the most beautiful sight that Edward will ever see in his life. Silver Springs, the Flying City. The Capsule works like a Cable Car guided by a trail up to the clouds. He passes by a large Portal of the City with the name of the city on it, entering the city, the Silver Trail ends and the Capsule stops at a type of Station with other Capsules of other people visiting Silver Springs, the Edward's Capsule opens and he and Texas can go out and see what the city has to offer. Edward is shocked and at the same time curious about what he just saw. The city is divided by districts and three levels, the districts looks like Islands connected by bridges along the city. The place where Edward is, it's next the city downtown, and he goes ahead out of the station. He is now walking in a street that ends in a door like a City Portal right ahead. When Edward approaches this big door and it opens, and again revealing the Sight of the City's Center, what Edward see is a big Square with in the middle a big statue of one of the Symbols of Silver Springs, The Union, the statue is a Man and a Woman holding the World together in their hands, after the door open, a flying Platform stops in front of Edward and the people entering the city. They go on the Platform, and while it goes into the city Edward sees  people hanging out with each other, playing Instruments, dancing and singing, and he starts to hear a Beautiful Violin Melody while the Platform stops, Edward is dazzled, and when he go in the begin of the main street, Girls dancing come to meet him Petting Texas, and at that moment, everything bad in Edward's Mind was forgotten, like there was no problems in his life, feeling Lighter than Air, the Violin Melody in the background gets more and more Beautifully while Edward looks at the people around, their smiles, their faces, their Happiness...

              The Last Redemption

                             1977

                     Silver Springs

                        East Coast

   One of the Girls: Oh! Hello! What's your name Mister?

   Edward: I'm... I'm Edward!

   Girl: So Edward, you can see that my friends liked your Horse!

The other girls were playing and Petting Texas.

   Edward: Yes! There's no problem, he's a really friendly Horse.

  Girl: It was really nice to meet you! And you came in the right day!

  Edward: Thank you! But why the right day?

   Girl: Well, today is Princess Lynn's Birthday!

   Edward: Wait, What?

   Girl: The daughter of one of our Presidents, Mayors, Ministers or Kings if you want to call them like that!

   Edward: Wow, Ummm, ok, so she's a Princess?

   Girl: Oh! This is for sure your first time here!

The Girl says laughing.

   Girl: It's like an nickname for her and the other Sons or Daughters of the Creators of the City!

  Edward: Well, thank you for that so!

   Girl: Have a Great Day Mister Edward!

   Edward: For you guys too!....

Edward whistles calling Texas and he get on him.

   Edward: All right Buddy we have to find a Girl now.

   Edward still wondering the city and what he's seeing, before, the day was rainy, windy and dark and when he got in the city,  the weather turned in a Sunny and Beautiful day. The city is decorated according to the Birthday, and the city has clearly an influence from the European Culture in their architecture, but the citizens of Silver Springs are from  diverse countries.

Meanwhile, in one of the mansions of one of Silver Springs Creators Jeremiah O'Connell, localized in the Rich and Comercial part of the city, that curiously, looks really like to Hollywood, Jeremiah's son, Leonard O'Connell, is preparing himself to do the Rescue of Lynn, as told in a old story in the "Folklore" of Silver Springs. This story appeared at the first years of the city, and the story tries to predict that the Daughter of one of the First Creators of Silver Springs was going to be locked in The Tallest Tower inside The Tallest Room of the city, because her father is going to be really protector to her and also, his Daughter would have a special condition, that on wrong hands, could cause problems not just to her but for the people, and not just people from Silver Springs. Fearing that, this one Creator was going to lock his Daughter in The Tallest Tower, in The Tallest Room where a Mysterious Thing is protecting her. But, a Courageous Man would take her from the Tower defeating the Mysterious Thing and Healing the Girl from her Condition. Leonard and his Mother are sure that Leonard will be the Man in the story, Jeremiah died not believing it, because Jeremiah didn't trust in those kind of things, the opposite of his wife Mrs O'Connell. Back to the present, Leonard is preparing himself since when he was a Child and Lynn wasn't locked inside the Tower. Leonard was a spoiled child and grew up like that, so today, he's someone with a really high self esteem who really cares about himself, all Girls including the Daughters of other Silver Springs Creators, fell in love with him at some point in their lives. As said before, today he's still preparing himself to the day of the rescue.

  Now Leonard is in his bedroom, fixing his hair in front of the mirror.

   Leonard: Mom! Mom!

And she responds by humming.

   Mrs O'Connell: Yes Leonard!

   Leonard: Mom! The day is near, so near.

   Mrs O'Connell: So son, When? I'm waiting for this for too long!

   Leonard: Mom, today's her Birthday, what day could be better?!

   Mrs O'Connell: Oh my God! Finally! I was almost calling you a dumb because of your late...

   Leonard: Okay, Ok. Don't you understand that I have my own time Mom? Whatever, no one is ruining my day today.

   Back to the Downtown, Edward is still wondering where he is, looking at the people and how happy they are, and how the day couldn't be more beautiful. He stops at an outside restaurant table and get off Texas, he asks the two couples at the table where Lynn is.

   Edward: Excuse me, can you guys say to me where is the tallest Tower here in the city please?

One of the men at the table answers.

   Man: Oh, you're talking about the Lynn's Tower right? It's easy fella, just go ahead here on the street and you can see the Tower.

   Edward: Oh, ok, thank you and have a good day.

   Man: Your welcome.

And one of their Girlfriends calls Edward.

   Girl: Wait! Mister!

Edward looks back at her.

   Edward: Yes?

   Girl: Just be careful if you want to visit the Tower ok? You look new here so, you probably don't know the story behind it.

   Edward: Yes, you're right I'm new here in the city. And what happened to the Tower?

   Girl: It's just, you know about the girl in the Tower do you?

   Edward: Yes I do.

   Girl: So, it says that there's someone protecting the Tower, someone dangerous, like a Guard, the reason of this is because her Father wanted to her be the safest as possible, so if you go there be careful ok?

   Edward: Ok! Thank you for that.

   Girl: You're Welcome Mister!

Edward get up on Texas and goes ahead on the street, Texas does four trots towards the smooth curve of the street passing the restaurant, and there is the Tower.

   Edward: Oh, ok, it's kind of obvious.

The street is divided by a flying Platform and after it the normal street again, and there was people on the end of the street waiting for the Platform including Edward and Texas. On the end of the street before the Platform, you are able see at the background the Tower, besides the bridges, buildings and houses. Then, the Platform comes, Edward continues his way through the city. He  picks up his Dairy and writes about his first sight of the Tower. Edward always draws and writes about important happenings in his life and works, he drawn the Lighthouse and the Box Office, the entering of the city and the Big Statue at the beginning of Silver Springs, and also he wrote about it.

   Edwards Diary: "After the Statue I continued to walk on the street, and I decided to ask for informations of the Tower, these Couples having Lunch on one of the outside restaurant tables told me that there's someone in the Tower protecting the Girl and I should be careful if I wanted to visit the Tower. Now I'm riding Texas and paying attention in the city's streets, in case that I have to scape with the Girl, but, how can a City fly like that? The rumors and stories were true? Why there are Technologies that I never saw before? Why did people hide this City from the population? I have so many questions. But let's focus, I need to take the Girl."

Now, in front of Edward, is a better sight of the Tower, with telescopes for the people enjoy the sight of the Tower and also the cities under Silver Springs. But suddenly a Postman calls Edward.

   Postman: Hey sir! Are you Edward Robert Levinson?

Edward stays alert if this is something bad.

   Edward: Why?

   Postman: This man is receiving two letters.

   Edward: Oh! Yes, I'm Edward Robert Levinson.

   Postman: Here Mister Levinson!

The Postman gives Edward the letters.

   Edward: Thank you!

Edward opens the first letter, it's a letter from someone of the city who knows who is Edward and his mission in the Silver Springs.

  First Letter: "Hello Mister Levinson, I know who you are and what's your intentions here, there's already a lot going on in the city, I know that it doesn't looks like, fortunately, because it hasn't yet affected the city's citizens. But, this letter is a warning, we know who you are and we are watching you."

Edward feel confused about this letter and opens the other one. The other letter is a letter from The Gang that Edward was part of, who wrote this letter was Don, the Leader of the Gang.

   Don's letter: "Edward, it's been a while isn't it? We know that you're doing a "Last Job" ok? So, I'm writing this because you were one of the best here, and if you need help with anything, we are here, surviving since the old West.

                             Don."

   Edward: Well, this work is starting to get interesting isn't it Texas.

Edward stops at the telescopes to see the Tower, when he is seeing through the telescope he noticed a Man and a Woman really familiar down the street stairs next to him, when he gets off the telescope to look better at them, they were not there anymore, it was really strange, but Edward thought he just have seen something wrong, he returns to Texas and goes in direction of the Tower. Going out of the downtown there's is a flying Bridge that passes through part of Silver Springs and goes ahead to the Tower, Bridge where Edward is riding Texas. When passing through the Bridge you can see the other places of Silver Springs, the city has so many Flowers in different colors and Beautiful Lawns with Big Trees, and at the end of the Bridge, the Tower, on this day Edward saw the most beautiful sights he ever saw in the past times. Edward keeps riding Texas through the Bridge, before the Tower, the Bridge passes into a district that Edward is getting closer. Passing by this district Edward imagines that talking to someone around there about what could the Tower bring to him would be a good choice, so he stops Texas at a Hotel at the beginning of the district, the Hotel is made by wood and it's beautiful, representing very well what the city is like, Edward go inside the Hotel, there was a few people inside since the district is not big, he goes to the reception desk and asks to the receptionist next to the bar.

   Edward: Good Afternoon, so, that's my first time here in Silver Springs and I want to know more about the city, can you help me with this?

   Receptionist: Of course! All the people who live here know or are learning about the History of our City.

   Edward: Thank you so much! So, I'm riding my horse through the Bridge that crosses the district here and..

   Receptionist: Oh yes! This is the East Bridge, that crosses our district and ends at the Tower.

   Edward: Exactly! I'm visiting the Tower now and I want to know more about it you know?!

The Receptionist looks at Edward with a worried face.

   Receptionist: Listen, if you want to give a Happy Birthday to the Princess is not going to..

   Edward: No, I'm just going to see the Tower and maybe take a picture of it nothing plus.

   Receptionist: All right then, do you know the story behind the Tower?

   Edward: Yes, yes! You can skip that part.

Says Edward smiling.

   Receptionist: Oh, Ok then!

  Responds laughing.

   Receptionist: So, what I can tell you is that, be careful, because.

The Receptionist starts to talk lower.

   Receptionist: There is a Man inside the Tower, but not a common Man, have you ever heard of.... Remote Assassins?

   Edward: If I say that, yes I did, you are going to call me crazy!?

   Receptionist: No, because I saw one, and it's him, I'm not sure if he is a Assassin but, he has no fear and no feelings, Once when I was doing the same that you are, actually the first time that I went to the Tower, at the outside, he was there and I tried to talk to him but he, he didn't respond, I never saw him talk.

   Edward: You saw him more times then?

   Receptionist: Yes I did, but just a few times. He takes care of the Tower, and the Girl. My theory is that he's on command of someone, probably of Lynn's father. In the story, says that a Thing, a Monster, protects her, but, Things, Monsters doesn't exist!

   Edward: Ok, but, how does he look like?

   Receptionist: He's a really tall Man, taller than you, and wears a dark Blue Overcoat like yours, boots, and of course! His face is covered by a Mask.

   Edward: Something more?

   Receptionist: Let me think..... Lynn is Waiting for the guy who is going to save her, the Man..... No I think that's all. Hope I helped you!

    Edward: You did! Thank you and have great afternoon!

    Receptionist: Your welcome, and be careful!

Edward get a drink with the waitress and goes out the Bar and after the Hotel, he get up on Texas and rides to the Tower. Edward keeps his drink in his Satchel Bag, where also are all his things, his Dairy, letters, and etc.

Edward is approaching the Tower, curiously the Tower doesn't have something to bar the entrance of someone, just a narrow wood bridge that Texas can't get through. The East Bridge ends in that Lawn before the wood bridge, so, Edward has to go without his Good Friend. Next to the wood bridge is a small wood house, Edward looks at the inside and the House is empty.

   Edward: So Texas, stay here buddy, soon I'll be back.

Edward picks his Gold Lancaster and  turns back to go to the wood bridge, he's a little bit nervous, but he knows what he's doing.

At this exact moment inside the The Tallest Tower, in The Tallest Room, Lynn is leaning on her Flowered Window looking at the city, from The Tallest point, waiting for someone, in her full Birthday, she's going to stay in that Tower, with only a radio and a Television to have contact with the external. She turns back to her room and starts to sing, one of the ways she found to distract herself, with her beautiful voice she sings a Melancholic song while she looks at her bedroom. She turns and leans on the Window and look at the city again, but, when she look down to the wood bridge she sees a Horse next to it and a Man crossing the bridge, Man who is Edward, Lynn at that moment, freaked out, so happy that finally someone was entering the Tower, she is so sure that this Man is rescuing her, because no one went to the wood bridge before, all the people go to the Tower just to see it, fearing what's inside. So, at that moment Lynn is so excited, she starts now to sing a Happy song representing her sensation, she prepares her bed, her things in the Bedroom and herself to the Man coming to her, she lays on and close the white curtains of her bed and wait to the Man go upstairs and open the bedroom's door.

Edward is now at the end of the wood bridge and facing the big doors of the Tower's entrance, that are half open, he takes a deep breath and goes ahead into the Tower, he opens the door pointing his Lancaster for anything that could surprise him, but, when he entered, the down part of the Tower were apparently empty, he looks at the around and what he sees is just the Tower's furniture, Pictures, some old Instruments, but nothing more, in front of him are the Big Stairs that leads to Lynn's Bedroom and other rooms, on his right there is a room and the same for his left, so these are the first places he's going to search. He goes to the right first, pointing his Lancaster he goes carefully, but there's nothing more than just an office there. He turns back out of the room, inside that part of the Tower were some bodies of people who tried to rescue the Girl, it makes Edward a little bit worried, and he goes to the left room, pointing his Lancaster he goes again carefully, this is the Bar and Dinning Room, but there's something strange in there, Edward starts to hear chain noises coming from the end of the room, that was dark, he stays alert about it, when a sitting silhouette that calmly gets up and comes out of the room's shadows reveling a Man, 7 Feet tall, attached by a chain around his neck, wearing a Overcoat and with his face covered by what looks like a Bird Mask, at the moment that Edward saw him he hides behind the Dinning Room's entrancing Wall, he tries to avoid conflict, but the Tall Man saw Edward and now he's seeking him. Edward runs silently to the Big Stairs, the Stairs goes to two directions, he goes to right side and he end up in a Hall that takes to the Library and to the Balcony, he noticed that there wasn't where Lynn's room is, he turns back and goes to the left side, while going the Masked Man was right after him scaring Edward. Edward looks at him with no fear.

   Edward: Hey big guy, what about we talk?

The Man look at him silently, and punches Edward through the near window, Edward flies away and fall inside Lynn's Bedroom breaking the roof. Fortunately, he fell in a way that he didn't get to much hurt. Lynn on her bed looks at him smiling and quickly lies down again and close the bed curtains. Edward stands up a little bit hurt, he turns back to the Bedroom's door and opens it, he looks downstairs making sure if the Man is coming or not. Going upstairs you are able to see a lot of Drawings on the walls, probably from Lynn, continuing going upstairs, and going, and going, when finally is Lynn's Bedroom, Edward turns to Lynn's bed and puts his Lancaster on his back.

  There is Lynn's silhouette laying on the bed. Her room is full of her drawings, some pictures, wood furniture, Vinyls, books, a only Window, Flute Sheet Music, and of course her Bed in the Middle. Edward approaches the Bed and opens the curtains, and there she is, Lynn, a Gorgeous Girl in her early 20s with a skin White as Snow, a Long Blonde Hair, a pinky, freckled and delicate Face, wearing a Beautiful Brown dress with Yellow details.

   Edward: Hey Lynn, Lynn! Excuse me but I need you to wake up.

Edward slowly stand Lynn up by holding her back on the bed and looks at her face. She opens her eyes to see the person who entered the Tower for her and Edward sees her Mismatched Eyes.

   Edward: Happy Birthday.

   Lynn: Wow...

Respond Lynn surprised. Edward takes his hands off her.

   Edward: My name is Edward, and, I'm here to take you out of this Tower.

Says Edward while looking at the Stairs worried with the Lynn's Protector.

   Lynn: I'm Lynn! As you probably know..

   Edward: Ok, it's really nice to meet you but we have to go now!

   Lynn: Wait! Why are you in a such a Hurry? Isn't it the best moment to you talk to me like was told in the sto...

Lynn hears the Man.

   Lynn: But,didn't you kill the Birdman?

   Edward: Oh, that's he's name. No I didn't..

   Lynn: What?!

   Edward: Just, stay close and with me ok?

    Lynn: What?... No! You can't do this!

Edward grabs Lynn's hands and runs downstairs.

   Lynn: No! You don't understand!

   Edward: Please don't scream!

   Lynn: Listen, he's not going to stop if you don't lock him up or... Or, kill him.

   Edward: He's already attached by a Chain around his neck.

   Lynn: That's not enough! Even if we get out of here he's going to follow us!

Edward stops. And he's hearing The Birdman coming upstairs.

   Edward: Ok going back to your bedroom, now!

   Lynn: Oh my God!

They go back to Lynn's Bedroom and Edward locks the door.

   Edward: Ok, he's coming here.

   Lynn: What do you have in mind? Why didn't you come here prepared for him?!

   Edward: It's a long story...

   Lynn: Oh God.. What kind of Savior you are?!

Edward looks around her bedroom and goes to her window, he look through it and noticed that there was a Silver cable in the window's upper part, that cable connects the top of the Tower to the East Bridge, they could use it to scape.

   Edward: Ok, Lynn, we're jumping through the Window ok!?

Lynn is taking her bag with her things inside it.

   Lynn: Ok, Ok! Just let me take one more thing!

   Edward: C'mon Lynn please! We gotta go Now!

Lynn takes her Flute and turns back to Edward, while The Birdman breaks the door.

   Edward: Take My Hand and hold on me Tight!

   Lynn: Wait what?!

Edward grabs Lynn's arms and she hold herself on Edward, they jump to the cable using Edward's gun as a support, they slide through the cable and land on the lawn outside the Tower. Edward sees an Axe stuck in a Wood log next to the Small Wood House, he picks the Axe and runs through the wood bridge locking the Tower's front doors, he runs back to the lawn.

   Edward: Are you ok?

   Lynn: Oh my God are you Crazy?!

   Edward: You're ok then?

   Lynn: I am! But, you seriously think that this Axe stuck in the doors is going to stop him?

   Edward: No, not for so long.

   Lynn: Ok, so, where are we going now?

   Edward: Wait, what the...

A Man and a Woman wearing Green Tuxedos goes out of the Small House putting chairs outside and cleaning the house.

   The Woman: Where did you always go when you were a child?

   Lynn: Do you know them?

   Edward: I think so.

The Man and the Woman has a British accent.

   The Man: I always liked to stay with my parents.

   The Woman: Coincidence, me too.

   Lynn: Yes! My parents! I need to see them!

   Edward: Wait, wait, this house was empty before. Hey! Hey!

   The Woman: Oh, look at him he's starting to be confused.

   The Man: As If it were the first time.

The couple goes back inside the House.

   Edward: What?...

   Lynn: Listen, I have to see my parents, they'll know how to Heal me. You have to take me to them!

Edward now is thinking that their parents sent him the letter to rescue her.

   Edward: Yes, you're right.

   Lynn: So, where is your car, or bike, your ride?

   Edward: It was here.

   Lynn: What? You didn't come with a vehicle?

   Edward: No! I'm with my horse..

   Lynn: You have a Horse!

   Edward: Yes I do.

Edward whistles to Texas.

   Lynn: Oh my God! I always wanted to be on one of Those Mechanic Horses!

   Edward: What?

Texas arrives.

  Lynn: Oh God..

   Edward: Look, I'm not from this City I don't have those kind of weird things.

   Lynn: I've never been so close to a Real Horse before.

   Edward: C'mon give me your hand and let's go before this Birdman broke the doors.

Edward and Lynn gets up on Texas, and they go ahead through the East Bridge.

   Edward: Do you know the city well Lynn?

   Lynn: Yes! Being locked in that Tower brought me some knowledge.

   Edward: Great, I'll need your Help, where are your parents?

   Lynn: Well... It's kinda complicated.

   Edward: Why?

   Lynn: I think that they are still living here, because, I saw on TV about my Father deciding to move to Massachusetts, My family has a House down there but... We can go to Fleetwood District!

   Edward: Where is this district?

   Lynn: I can guide you, don't you have a Map of here?

   Edward: Yes, I do.

They are now going to Fleetwood District, at the West part of Silver Springs. They cross the East Bridge passes by the later Hotel and enters the Downtown, Lynn is so happy to be outside after all those years locked, she sees the city all decorated because of her Birthday, but now the Downtown was very full of people, with posters saying that the City is going to get worse.

   Edward: What's happening?

   Lynn: I don't know! Maybe there's something going on, but, I don't know what.

Lynn looks at the posters and notices that these posters were about Lynn's Family going out of the city.

   Lynn: Oh no, I think my parents already moved, these people, they think that with my parents out, Silver Springs is going to fall.

   Edward: What?

   Lynn: Some people here, think that, we are in the way we are because of how Silver Springs was created. My father was one of the Creators, and if one of them leave the city, that means bad things are happening or are coming.

   Edward: But, they're leaving without you? On your Birthday?

   Lynn: Oh no! I know what's happening!

Lynn grab Edward's shoulders and looks at his face.

   Lynn: We need to do something really important.

Edward stops Texas.

   Edward: What are you talking about?

   Lynn: There's a Man, he's Name is Zachary, he helped the creation of the City but his Ideals and proposals weren't what the others Creators wanted, and he stayed out of the City's plans then. He always tried to take the power of the city but he never got the chance, maybe now he's going to.

   Edward: Ok but, what you want us to do?

   Lynn: I am Daughter of one of the Creators, and I can have the power to change the things! If you help me I can reward you, I promise!

   Edward: Wait a second, let's imagine that this Zachary takes power of the City, what bad this could bring?

Lynn gets off Texas.

   Lynn: He's plan is to put Silver Springs down, replace Boston, Portland, Baltimore, Atlantic City and even New York. And God knows what after. He wants to make Silver Springs the economy and altority of the World, as if there was no problems down there.

   Edward: Look, I just had an one objective here that was rescue you, nothing more.

   Lynn: Ok so, I'm not going.

   Edward: C'mon. Let's go.

   Lynn: No! Did you hear what I told you?

Edward get off Texas.

   Edward: Please be easy with me.

   Lynn: No, if you don't want to help me, I'm not going with you.

   Edward: But I have to..

   Lynn: No.

Lynn turns back to Edward and start to walk.

   Edward: Where are you going?

   Lynn: Going to Find a way to get things done.

Edward starts to think about what Lynn said, he is now noticing what is he in, this Whole City, the Girl, a Birdman, a secret Floating City where everyone is happy and probably won't be anymore, Edward sees the chance to do the right thing after spent all his life doing nothing significant for the World, and be a Good Man, have his Redemption.

   Edward: OK! Ok...

Lynn turns to him.

   Lynn: Yes! Yes! I knew you were going!

Edward takes his Overcoat off, and keep it in the Texas Saddle's bag.

   Edward: Listen, I will help you, but you have to tell me everything about what's happening. I think is a good Ideia go talk to your parents, your Father probably know a lot about this situation.

   Lynn: I'm going to! I promise!

   Edward: Where are your family going?

   Lynn: Probably they're going to Massachusetts' Countryside where's our House.

   Edward: Ok, where can we can get to the Ground.

   Lynn: Where's the map?

Edward takes Silver Springs' Map in his bag.

   Edward: Right there.

Lynn takes and opens the Map

   Lynn: Here, there's an Elevator near here.

   Edward: What? An Elevator?

   Lynn: Yeah, you are going to understand, just go where I guide you.

They get up on Texas and go to the Downtown's Elevator. The Elevators are inside some houses around Silver Springs, each one of the Elevators takes to the other City's Levels that are also districts. They arrive at the Elevator's house. And they talk to the Employee who takes care of the Elevator.

   Lynn: Oh my God, I can't believe I'm going out of the city!

   Edward: Good Afternoon..

   Lynn: We're taking the Elevators!

   Employee: Are just you two going?

   Edward: No, there is a Horse together.

   Employee: Oh, that's a beautiful horse! Ok, you can go in the right Elevator ok? Your horse is going in the  left one because of his size, right.

   Edward: No problem.

Edward and Lynn go inside the right Elevator and Texas in the left. The Elevator is really quickly, actually, the Elevator works like that Capsules before, but the Elevators just go up and down. The Elevator opens around 3 thousand feet down, proximally 1 kilometer down the Downtown, the district where it opens is residencial, a lot of houses among a main street that leads to a big Bridge that ends on the Ground. Lynn goes ahead out of the Elevator wondering the place and talking to the families around who live here, the neighborhood is full of flowers, families enjoying their times together, beautiful European style Houses and Wood houses. Edward look to the side and sees Texas, he calls him and guides him through the street.

   Edward: Let's go Lynn.

They get on Texas and Edward rides Texas to the Bridge.

   Edward: I know Friends who can help us, they are not exactly the perfect people but they have a good heart.

   Lynn: All help will be good.

They passes the neighborhood and go to the Bridge, the Bridge is beautiful, there are flowers planted on it, people passing time together, walking around.

While passing through the Bridge Lynn starts a talk with Edward.

   Lynn: So, Edward... What's your name, like, your full name?

   Edward: It is Edward Robert Levinson, but you can call me just Edward. What's yours Lynn?

   Lynn: Lynn Valentine... And what's the name of this Horse?

   Edward: He's Texas,  don't be scared of his size, he's really friendly.

   Lynn: I think he's beautiful and... Tall.

   Edward: Yes, he's race is known by that, is Called Shire, it's a race from the UK.

   Lynn: And why Texas? Why did you put a State's name on him?

   Edward: I found him in a Road trip with my family to California, and I saw him in a Friend's farm in Texas, so, I gave it's name because he's also big like the State. So.. And I loved his color, this Dark black..

Lynn laughs at his story.

   Lynn: And... Is there a Woman in your life Mister Edward?

   Edward: No, no. It's been a While since I had a, a... You know a Girlfriend.

   Lynn: And did she look at you in the same way you looked at me?

   Edward: What? No! Uhmmm....

   Lynn: I noticed the way you looked at me inside the Tower!

Says Lynn with a Smile.

   Edward: No! I've never had a Girl like you...

Lynn looks at Edward.

   Edward:No! I'm not saying that you are ugly, you are beautiful, I just..

Edward turns red.

   Lynn: You never had a talk with a Girl before didn't you?

Say Lynn laughing.

   Edward: Actually, this is the longest conversation that I had with one.

Say Edward smiling but a little embarrassed.

Lynn laughs.

   Lynn: It doesn't look like, judging by your appearance.

   Edward: Thanks..... Is that a Compliment?

  Lynn laughs again.

   Lynn: I just joking with you.

They are getting closer to the end of the Bridge, approaching the Massachusetts State in the Ground.

   Lynn: Why a Moustache?

   Edward: Oh, here we go, why are you asking this?

Say Edward smiling.

   Lynn: I think most of the Men gets ugly with a Moustache, but you look Good.

   Edward: Really? Do you think?

   Lynn: Yep!

   Edward: Most of the time when someone asks me about it, I think it's because it looks bad.

    Lynn: No, trust me, incredibly as it may seem, you look good, maybe it's because you got also a small shaven sideburns and beard. Can I touch it?!

Says Lynn laughing.

   Edward: No! I'm riding a horse!

  Responds Edward smiling.

  They are now passing at the end of the Bridge, the Bridge ends in a little calm Village with some Farms at the Worcester County in Massachusetts.

   Edward: Here we are in the Ground.

   Lynn: Oh my God! It's been so much time since I was there!

   Edward: We are going to stop at the next city ok? I have to check my Mailbox..... And how can a enormous Bridge like that end here in Massachusetts and no one knows it?

   Lynn: Look, these houses and farms, the people who live here can be considered from Silver Springs too, they know about the city, probably they lived there, that's why here is just a Village and the people who passes on the road cannot see the Bridge because of the Trees ahead.

    Edward: Ok but also, why hide the city? That's why it is floating?

   Lynn: Maybe. My Father used to tell me that, unfortunately not all the people would be able to live in Silver Springs because that, this Ideia of the city, wouldn't work without any control. The government new that, and to get rid of more problems besides the End of the Second World War and the beginning of this Cold War, they started to "censure" the propagandas and disclosure of Silver Springs' existence, but, some people saw those propagandas and Rumours started to appear about it.

   Edward: And most of the people doesn't believe in those Rumours.

   Lynn: Of course, what are the possibilities of a Flying City exist, and worse, where all people are Happy with each other, where 98 percent of the time people are not fighting each other, without discriminations. For some people, or most of the people, can't trust in something like this, for some people this is impossible, and actually is, without any control and rules or Laws, it is impossible, that's why the city is in the Sky, because just the right people under the right rules  can be there.

   Edward: And that's why you all still hiding it from the population.

   Lynn: Yes, at least, that's my conclusion.

They passes the Village and the trees that where ahead before, and facing now a road.

   Edward: All right, we are on the Road, and..... I think I know where we are. Let's go to the next Town.

   Lynn: Remember I'll need a Map of where we are, in that way, I can find my Family's House.

   Edward: You're right. Let's go Texas!

And they run to the next city.

                              1977

                     Massachusetts

                  Worcester County

Around 70 kilometers from Boston.

Edward is Riding Texas on the road with Lynn on Saddle croup.

   Edward: Ok, I think Auburn is the nearest city here.

   Lynn: How far is it?

   Edward: Around 3 Miles I guess.

After a few minutes they get in the Town that is a really calm city with not so much people, and most of the town is residencial.

Edward stops Texas near to some stores.

   Edward: Let's go.

   Lynn: Where are we going?

   Edward: To the stores.

   Lynn: But, why?

   Edward: I don't think you do have a lot of clothes there in that bag, do you?

   Lynn: Actually..

Lynn looks at her bag.

   Lynn: No, I don't.

   Edward: Let's go then.

Edward stops for a second and opens his Dairy.

   Lynn: What's this?

   Edward: What?.. Oh, that's my Dairy.

   Lynn: Wait, that my Tower!

   Edward: Yeah, I drew it, when something important happens, I usually draw it and write about it.

   Lynn: Interesting.

The stores are with a significant movement of people going inside and out, they enter in a store to buy clothes for Lynn.

   Edward: Ok Lynn, now you decide, but, please be polite with my wallet all right?

Lynn laughs.

   Lynn: Is this your Birthday Gift for me Edward?!

   Edward: Actually, it's better you change your clothes because if someone try to take you back, like that Man in the Tower, it's going to be a little bit more difficult.

Lynn looks at Edward.

   Lynn: Funny..

   Edward: But... But if you want to see in that way it can be a Birthday Gift of course!

Lynn laughs and go to choose her new clothes. Edward sits on the couch in front of the dressing room and Lynn goes try the clothes, after a few seconds she goes out.

   Lynn: What do you think?

   Edward: You look like a Hippie... But in a good way.

Lynn tries another clothes.

   Lynn: What about now?

   Edward: I like White off shoulder tops and Skirt.

   Lynn: So, you like it?

   Edward: Do you feel good wearing it?

   Lynn: Yeah, I like this kind of Look.

   Edward: Then, I think you should go for this one. Nothing more?

   Lynn: No, just these and it's enough for me.

    Edward: All right let's go.

They pay the clothes and go out of the Store. They get up on Texas and Edward rides to the next City Mail.

   Edward: Why Lynn?

   Lynn: What are you talking about?

   Edward: Why do you trust me? Like, I could be anybody, and you trust me to help you on this hole City stuff.

   Lynn: Edward you saved me..

   Edward: All right, I know that I went to your Tower to find you but, imagine if I was just a opportunist.

   Lynn: Judging by what you are saying now, I think I mad the right choice!

   Edward: C'mon Lynn.

   Lynn: I needed someone, and you came to my Tower to rescue me, you didn't look like a bad person and, I wouldn't force you to come to this.

   Edward: I noticed, you were about to walk in other way if I didn't say yes to help you. And where were you going at that moment back there?

   Lynn: I don't know, probably going to the Fleetwood District, where is the Houses of all the Silver Springs Creators.

   Edward: You mean that you were going after your Family.

   Lynn: Yes.

   Edward: I know that you miss them, soon we are going to them.

   Lynn: Ok, but where are we going now?

   Edward: I need to see if there a letter for me stuck is in this City's Mail. It's about the people I said before that could help us.

They go to the City Mail, Edward stops there and goes see if he find a letter, he talks to the Man of the Mail.

   Edward: Good Afternoon, I'm looking for a letter to Edward Robert Levinson. Maybe it is stuck here.

  City Mail's Man: Where is this letter going?

   Edward: I think is Boston.

   City Mail's Man: Let me see...

  He searches for the letter.

   City Mail's Man: Oh, here it is. It's that your letter Mister.... Edward Robert Levinson?

   Edward: Yes! That's right.

   City Mail's Man: You are lucky ahm.

   Edward: Thanks, Have good day.

Edward turns back to Texas and Lynn is still on him.

   Lynn: So, what's this?

   Edward: The letter was there! It's from my friend.

   Hoff's Letter: " Hello Mister Levinson, it's been a while since you left us, the girls miss you and also... David. But anyways, we intend to go to a new camp but now, we are at a Camp in the west of Massachusetts, near to Northampton, Hampshire County, if something in your mind decided to visit us, you know where to find us. I know that Don send you a letter. I don't know what he told you but, don't listen to everything that he says, Don is changing more than ever, he's reveling who he really are.

                       The Old Man, Hoff."

   Edward: Yeah, as I expected, there's what I needed.

Edward get up on Texas, and Lynn takes his letter.

   Lynn: Let's see what is written on this.

   Edward: We are going to the West of the State, ok?

Lynn starts reading the letter, and Edward rides to the West direction.

   Lynn: Ummm, the girls ahm..

   Edward: Yeah, they are friends too.

   Lynn: And who is David? And... Why he miss you?

   Edward: Listen, he is a Friend too ok? And also, Gay.

   Lynn Laughs and Edward either.

   Edward: What?!

   Lynn: Ok, ok.... And who is Don?

   Edward: He's the Leader of the..... Well everyone likes him, he's a important man.

   Lynn: Umm, ok. And who's Hoff?

   Edward: He is our Old Man, he has a big knowledge, he's really wise. And also who put us in our places. And in case you're curious, he's part German.

   Lynn: Ok, interesting.

   Edward: They are around 40 Miles away so, it's not that far, but tell me if you want to stop.

   Lynn: No problem.

And they go in direction of the Camp to the West. In the way, Lynn end up not feeling so good, and she asks to Edward to stop Texas for some time. Edward stops out of the road, on the Lawns next to the Trees and a Little abandoned House.

   Edward: Give me your hand.

Edward helps Lynn get off Texas.

   Lynn: I didn't want to make you stop in the way but..

   Edward: No, there's no problem, it's notable that you're not good. Let's go see what's the matter with this House.

They approach the House and they notice that it is Abandoned.

   Edward: All right, it's abandoned, let's open this door.

Edward opens the door, and there is still in the House some of the furniture from people who used to live there. Edward and Lynn enters in the the House.

   Edward: Sit here.

Lynn sits on the Armchair. Edward knew in front of her and puts his hand on Lynn's forehead.

   Edward: Yeah, you are warm. How do you feel, what's happening?

   Lynn: Sometimes this happens, I'm just feeling weak, a little headache and a little dizzy.

   Edward: But why?

   Lynn: I because of.... Actually I don't know.

   Edward: This is not like, you know.

   Lynn: No, it's not this.

   Edward: Ok, what can I do? Is there something that helps you in this situation?

   Lynn: Normally when I eat something that I like or just take a nap, it solves the Problem.

   Edward: And... What do you like?

   Lynn: Blueberries! Please, blueberry.

   Edward: Ok, Umm, I gonna look around here inside this House and see if there's something helpful.

Edward stands up and goes search inside the House. The House has a second floor, but Edward goes ahead to the Kitchen. But there was nothing in there, so Edward turns back to the Living Room where Lynn is sitting, he goes upstairs, the stairs were really old and making a strange noise. Upstairs was two rooms and the attic. Both rooms were empty just with the beds and some furniture, Edward see the ladder to the attic and goes there, there is in the attic a blanket that Edward will take and give it to Lynn, he goes downstairs to the Living Room.

   Edward: Here Lynn, take this.

   Lynn: Thank you.

   Edward: I'm, going outside ok? I'll see this river on the other side of the road, I saw a house there, maybe there's something.

   Lynn: Ok.

Edward goes out of the House to Texas. And opens his Dairy. Lynn tries to sleep while Edward is out. When he goes outside it starts to drizzle.

   Edward: Hey Buddy, looks like it's just the two of us for now.

Edward draws the Abandoned House.

   Edward's Dairy: " Well, after Maine and the Lighthouse, after Silver Springs, the Tower, the Long bridge, now Lynn and I are in this abandoned House near to the Hampshire County, she is sick now and I'm going to find something to make her better. Crossing the road there's a small river some meters away and next to it there's a house, but this house doesn't look abandoned, so, I'm going there to see if the residents can help us.

There's something going on, I don't know what, the letter that I received back there in Silver Springs told me about that. Lynn, she has something that the people who know she has it, want it. She didn't told me what it is, and I kinda don't want to know too. Well, I'm gonna hurry now and see if I can find Blueberries to Lynn."

Edward turns the pages of his Dairy and quickly sees his drawings, the long Bridge and the Village, the Tower, Silver Springs and others. Then he gets up on Texas and goes ahead to the House next to the River. Getting closer, Edward notices a strange movement on the around of   the House. He get right next to the House and gets off Texas, when he put his feet on the ground an Old Man comes running to him desperate, grabbing Edward's arms.

   Old Man: Help me! Help me please!

   Edward: Wow, calm down, what's happening?

   Old Man: Please Help me! My wife, my daughter, my Family! They are in danger!

   Edward: Again, calm down, tell me what is happening.

   Old Man: These men, they are stealing my House! And, what could they do to my daughter? To my Wife?

   Edward: Ok, keep calm, I'm solving this.

Edward picks up his pistol and his Lancaster.

   Old Man: Look! Can you see that other House on the other side of the river?!

   Edward: Yeah, I'm seeing it.

   Old Man: This is my Niece's House, These Bandits are there, please! Please go save them! They're my Family, all I have!..

    Edward: Don't worry, I'm here to help you.

Edward whistles to Texas.

   Edward: C'mon Boy, follow Me!

Edward goes carefully to the other House. Getting closer he starts to hear some screams probably from the Old Man's Wife, Daughter or his Niece. Edward carefully looks through the side House's window and he sees one of the Bandits stealing  the family's belongings in the Living Room, while the other two Bandits are controlling the Old Man's Niece, who was in front of the Daughter and the Wife protecting them with her hands. Edward goes to the front door and get in the House sneaking from the Bandit in the Living Room, when Edward look at the stairs of the House he sees the two Bandit taking the Women to the second floor, that's the time when Edward goes to the Living Room behind the Bandit.

   Bandit: Hey guys! You will not have fun Alone!

Edward grabs the Bandit from his neck.

  Edward: Shhhh. Stay silent you coward.

Edward hits the Bandit's Head with his Pistol, laying down the Bandit without making any sound, then Edward goes upstairs and see the other Two Bandits closing the Bedroom door in the end of the Hall on the second floor. He goes to the door and when he was going to kick  it, and other Bandit points his Gun to Edward from behind.

   Bandit: Stay where you are Motherfucker. The guy downstairs is my partner, I saw what you did to him, would you like to got hit in the head too?

Edward turns back.

  Edward: And you? Would you like to have a hole in your knee?

  Bandit: What?!

Edward hears a scream coming from the bedroom behind, he dodges the Bandit's gun and shoots him in the knee, and makes him a Human shield kicking the bedroom door. When the door opens the two Bandits where about to sexually abuse the Women, but Fortunately Edward got their attention before anything bad happened. The two Bandits were taking off the Niece's shirt when they stopped scared looking at the door where Edward is using the other one as a Shield.

  Bandit: He's with Trevor!

  Edward: So your name is Trevor.

  The Other Bandit: Get your hands off him Bastard!

   Edward: First of all take your hand off YOUR guns and mainly off of the Girls right there.

  The Bandits remain stay.

   Edward: Did you hear what I just said? Get your hand off her and your Guns or Trevor's head right here is going to BLOW UP!

   Bandit Trevor: Just do what he says.

Says Trevor crying and agonizing because of his knee.

   Bandit: Ok! Ok!

One of the Bandits throw his gun down.

   Bandit: C'mon Eddie, put this down!

The Other Bandit: Oh shit!

The other Bandit throw his gun down too.

   Edward: Ok, was this difficult? Now, girls, please go downstairs to the kitchen and please, do not get out of there until I say to you get out of there all right?

The Niece: All right. Let's go.

Edward goes more inside the Bedroom getting closer to the two Bandits to give space for the Women get out of the bedroom, and while the women go out the Niece slaps one of the Bandits in the Face, making him angry.

   Edward: Ow, ow, ow, calm down, a slap is too less than what you deserve.

Then the Women go down stairs.

Edward throws the Bandit Trevor to the ground and point his Lancaster to the other two.

   Edward: All right, you two, push your guns to next to me..... NOW!

The two Bandits kicks their guns to Edward, but when one of them kicked the gun, he tried to attack Edward, but of course, he didn't put even one of his fingers on him, so Edward punched him on his neck making him to faint.

   Bandit Eddie: No! You dumb!

The other Bandit, Eddie, also tries to hit Edward, and, again, he failed trying to, and also got hit by Edward on the head by the Lancaster.

   Bandit Trevor: Oh Man! I'm sorry ok! I'm sorry, I didn't mean to do that before you know!? We just a....

   Edward: Shut up.

Edward Kicks his head that was enough for him to be knocked out.

Then Edward goes downstairs and face the other Bandit who was faint before, holding the Old Man's Daughter pointing a gun to her head.

   Bandit: LISTEN HERE YOU MOTHERFUCKER!

   Edward: Hey, stay calm Mister.

   Bandit: YOU... YOU... You will die! I'm saying!

Edward puts his hand on his Pistol.

   Edward: Let's end this in a better way ok?

   Bandit: **** IT! I don't care! She'll die!

   Edward quickly point his gun to the Bandit and shoot him, right in his Forehead, the Old Man's Daughter runs out  to behind of Edward. He turns back to her.

   Edward: Oh my God, are you ok?

  The Old Man's Daughter: Yes I'm better..

  Says her crying.

   Edward: Ok, is going to be all right ok!?

Edward says to the Niece and the Wife in the Kitchen.

   Edward: You can go out!

  Edward runs upstairs and takes the other Bandits knocked down out of the House, and he calls the Old Man back.

   Old Man: Oh My God! Did you get them!?

   Edward: Yes it's ok, your Wife, Daughter and Niece are safe inside.

   Old Man: Oh God! God bless you! Thank you so much!

The Old Man's Niece goes out of the house emotional and hugs Edward.

   The Niece: I don't know who you are but, thank you... Thank you so much...

  She goes steps back.

   Old Man: I found Him back in my House and asked him for help, and he saved us!

   Old Man's Wife: Thank you so much. And What's your name Mister?

   Edward: It's Edward.... Umm, your Daughter, where's she?

   Old Man's Wife: She still inside.

   Edward: She must be traumatized. It's better for her take a time alone.

   Old Man's Niece: Yeah, I agree with you.

   Edward: Just, now what you all have to do is call the Police, they are going to be unconscious for some minutes or a few hours. And say to the cops to make some patrols around here on the road, this will make whoever wants to steal your house or worse, think twice before do this. These Thugs weren't so experienced but they still can ruin our lives. Ok?

   Old Man: Ok! I'm calling the Police right now!

   Old Man's Niece: You say as you has experience on this, are you a cop Mister Edward?

   Edward: Well... Yes I do have experience with this kind of situation, but... Sometimes I work on the side of the Police.

Edward looks at the Bandits. He noticed that they have same tattoos, they are all wearing the same black clothes and using old and poorly cared guns. Edward noticed that they are not Bandits, they were not there for Steal the House, they were there for something more, maybe just to commit the crime with the Women, and after do something with them. Maybe they were just there for the Women, but without experience they ruined what they were meant to do there. Edward is confused and angry with all that happened.

   Old Man: I called the cops!

   Edward: Ok, I'm in the House Crossing the road ok? I'll still be there until the cops get here, and after I'll go.

   Old Man: No! Wait! You can stay here! I have to reward you for what you did!

   Edward: Your talking about money?

   Old Man: Yes!

   Old Man's Niece: And here in my House we have food, if you want now in the evening.

   Old Man's Wife: You saved us! There's no problem if we reward you.

    Edward: No, please, just knowing that I helped you and I did something good, it's more than enough for me. You should take this money and use it for you all, to forget what happened today, that's my advice.

Edward whistles to Texas.

  Edward: Actually! I just to want to know a thing.

   Old Man: Yes! What are you wanting?

   Edward: Do you guys have Blueberries?

   Old Man's Niece: Ummm..

   Old Man's Wife: I think we do.

   Old Man's Niece: Yes, we do, there in the Kitchen.

   Edward: I'm needing Blueberries right now, and I would be so grateful if you could help me with this.

   Old Man's Niece: Here follow me.

Edward follow the Old Man's Niece inside the House to the Kitchen.

   Old Man's Niece: I don't know what to say to you Edward. How could you be here in the right time, what if you weren't here?

   Edward: Fortunately I was, but, now you should try to do something to forget what happened, this was too heavy.

   Old Man's Niece: My name is Linda, my aunt is Marely, my cousin is July, and my father is Albert. Umm, just, thank you, so much.

   Edward: Your Welcome Linda.

   Linda: Here, there's the Blueberries.

   Edward: Oh Thank you, I'm really needing this right now.

   Linda: So you are a cop?

   Edward: No. But. I was a Military, but, I've not gone too far in there. My life was still bringing the past back, and I got out of the Army.

   Linda: Yeah, It was notable before. These freaks, I think I know who they are.

   Edward: You know who they are?

   Linda: I think so. I don't know what do you believe in but, there's some kind of cult, like that cult that killed Sharon Tate back in 1969.

   Edward: I know what are you talking about.

   Linda: I have some friends who told me that there's this new cult inspired in that one of 1969. Maybe these Thugs are from it.

   Edward: Interesting, it's better to be careful with this kind of stuff.

Edward hear the Police sirens coming.

   Edward: So, Thank you for that.

Says Edward smiling.

   Linda: No problem.

They both go out of the House were the Old Man Albert and his Wife Marely are, and the Police is already there. The cops go out of their cars and goes talk to them about what happened. The cops talk to the family and to Edward. Edward could get through them without any trouble, the cops understood the Situation and took the Thugs to the department, three alive and one dead.

Edward get up on Texas and say Goodbye to the Family.

   Edward: I'm so sorry for you about what happened today.

   Albert: This could get worse without you here Mister Edward. Thank you for that!

   Marely: Thank you!

   Edward: Goodbye to you guys.

   Linda: Goodbye!

Edward turns back and goes to the Abandoned House. While crossing the road Edward sees a Vista Cruiser Car parked in front of the Abandoned House, outside the car there was a couple, a Man and a Woman, wearing Green suits.

   The Man: Oh! Look, it's him.

   The Woman: Did you see what he did? Probably he is the right Probability. Something that Zachary should pay more attention.

   The Man: Yes, Zachary should look at the things as they Might happen not they will happen.

   The Woman: But, if he think like that, he couldn't get his imagine of a Prophet.

The couple has a British accent.

  Edward: Wait a second.. Hey!

Edward get off Texas and talks with the couple.

   Edward: Who are you!?

   The Woman: Should we warn him about the Girl? I think it's better to him find out.

   The Man: Yes, he should probably find out alone.

   Edward: Hello?

   The Woman: Imagine his face when he discover what she is capable to do and be.

   The Man: It would be interesting to see his reaction. Again.

They enter in the Vista Cruiser and goes driving through the road.

   Edward: What the..... Lynn!

Edward goes inside the House to Lynn.

   Edward: Hey Lynn, Lynn! Wake up, I have your Blueberries.

Lynn is waking up.

   Lynn: Who are you? Where are they.. Umm, Edw... Edward!

   Edward: Oh, you are really sleepy, I got your Blueberries.

   Lynn: Oh, Thank you. And, if... If tomorrow I'll be a little bad with you, ignore it and continue what you are doing, ok?

   Edward: Ok?!

Edward gives her the Blueberries and turn around, he notices that the House is really messed up.

   Edward: What happened here?

   Lynn: What?... I was just sleeping.

   Edward: Ok.... It's raining outside and it's getting late so..

   Lynn: It's better to we spend the night here, isn't it?

   Edward: Umm, yes, I would say to we hurry but..

   Lynn: No! It's better to stay here you know, it's raining and, it's better to go tomorrow.

   Edward: All right then... I'm gonna take my things on Texas Saddle.

   Edward goes outside and Lynn goes upstairs quickly to one of the Rooms on the second floor. Outside, Edward draws the sight from the House of the River and the two Houses there, he also takes Texas close to the House under the outside roof. They spend the end of the Afternoon and the Night there.

In the morning, the day was sunny and with a beautiful Rainbow in the Sky because of the last rain, Lynn is outside on the lawn at the back of the Abandoned House singing with the Birds flying among the Trees. Edward wakes up with the singing of Lynn, he slept on a Hammock outside that he carries on Texas saddle. He stands up and start to put his Red Plaid Shirt and his Blue pants. Lynn returns to the House and she goes upstairs, while Edward enters the House putting his boots, Lynn slowly goes downstairs looking at Edward.

   Edward: Are you ready?... You put your dress again? You like this one don't you?

   Lynn: Wow. Hey you must be the one who saved me?

   Edward: Umm, are you ok?

   Lynn: I never felt so Good!

Says Lynn smiling.

   Edward: Can I ask you something?

   Lynn: Whatever you want.

   Edward: What is my name?

   Lynn: Well, you are.... You.... You are Leonard aren't you!?

   Edward: All right. Lynn, are you drunk?

   Lynn: No, I'm not drunk!

Says Lynn laughing.

   Edward: What happened?

   Lynn: I don't know, I just remember waking up here and seeing your big face.

Says Lynn continuing to laugh.

   Lynn: You must be my savior from the Tower! And what's the name of my beloved?

   Edward: I'm Edward Levin... Why am I saying this!? Why are you talking like that? Let's go Lynn, we need to go.

Edward grabs Lynn's arm and goes outside to Texas.

   Edward: I don't know what happened to you but, we have to keep going.

   Lynn: What!? Wait! Edw... Edward! Edward!

   Edward: What?

   Lynn: I'm remembering... Wait....

   Edward: So, if you remember, where are we going now?

   Lynn: Massachusetts.... County....

   Edward: We are already in Massachusetts Lynn...

   Lynn: Hampshire County?

   Edward: Well, you didn't get it wrong. But, who are we meeting there?

   Lynn: My parents... No! Your friends!

   Edward: That's right... What happened to you? It seems like you had Amnesia for a moment.

   Lynn: I think that it's because of yesterday.

Edward straightens the Texas Saddle and gets ready to go.

   Edward: Ok, let's go.

Edward and Lynn gets up on Texas and goes to the Camp where Edward's friends are. While going, Lynn doubts who really are his friends.

   Lynn: Well Edward, who are those friends?

   Edward: They are old friends of mine, they are not perfect people, but, they are good, and will help us.

   Lynn: And how did you meet them?

   Edward: Well... That's complicated....

   Lynn: Why?

   Edward: It's really difficult to explain.

   Lynn: Edward, I think you should tell me who are they, and how can they help us. You are not a cop, so they are not cops too. Neither someone from the Government who can help us.

   Edward: Please don't freak out all right?

   Lynn: I don't promise you that.

   Edward: I'm not a cop, you're right. My job, is to... People contract me and pay me back for the work, I was contracted to rescue you..

   Lynn: What!?

   Edward: Please hear me! You knew that I wasn't from Silver Springs! I told you.

    Lynn: Stop the Horse! Stop Texas!

Edward stops and they get off Texas.

   Edward: Let me explain everything!

   Lynn: You are saying that someone payed you to rescue me!?

   Edward: Let me explain!

   Lynn: Who contracted you!?

   Edward: I think that were your Parents.

   Lynn: You think!? You don't know who contracted you?

  Edwards: No, I do not know that.

  Lynn: Ok, so who are your friends then!? If you are a Mercenary, who could be them?!

   Edward: I'm not a Mercenary...

   Lynn: No? But it seems like!

   Edward: My friends are!.. My friends are part of a Gang..

   Lynn: Oh My God!

   Edward: But they are not Bad!

   Lynn: I'm not going, all right!? I'm not going!

Edward remember what she said to him yesterday.

   Lynn: Don't look at me like that! You are the Bandit here!

Says Lynn sitting on a rock looking at the opposite side of Edward with an Angry face.

   Lynn: I'm waiting now for my real savior, not you!

   Edward: Lynn, I rescued you.

   Lynn: And now I'm waiting for someone to rescue and heal me from you!

   Edward: C'mon Lynn, don't make it difficult.

   Lynn: You are making it!

Edward is still thinking about what Lynn said yesterday. While Edward looks around he sees a little Camp on the Lawn ahead next to the road where they are now. When he is looking a Couple of a Man and a Woman wearing Green clothes goes out of the Camp.

   The Man: Oh! Look, there they are.

   The Woman: Did he pay attention to what the Girl said?

   The Man: I don't know, they have to make their way.

   The Woman: Because if they don't, again, we'll have to do all this again tomorrow.

   The Man: It's better to him do what he has to do quickly.

  The couple has a British accent.

Edward look at them, and turns to Lynn.

   Edward: Lynn, sorry but we have to go now.

   Lynn: No, I'm not...

Edward grabs Lynn and puts her on his shoulder.

   Edward: Ow, you are not that heavy.

   Lynn: Put me down! It's an order!.. Put me down!

Says Lynn while punching Edward's back....

  Minutes later, there's Lynn on Edward's shoulder looking around and bored.

   Lynn: Why are you walking instead of riding Texas?

   Edward: I'm letting Texas rest for a while. And also we are really near to the Camp.

    Lynn: At least here in the road is a beautiful place.

While they are walking a couple of a Man and a Woman appeared in the road talking with Edward and Lynn. They are wearing Green suits and they have a British accent.

   The Man: It feels like his Horse always gets even and even Beautifully passing the time.

   The Woman: I agree with you.

   Edward: Wait a minute... I'm not even asking...

   Lynn: Wait... I feel like I know these two!?

   The Woman: And we are sure that we met you. So many times. And what about your Gang Edward?

   Edward: Wait you know my name?

   Lynn: Yes Edward! What about that Gang!?

   Edward: Lynn, are you seeing these people?

   Lynn: Edward, do not change the subject.

   Edward: I'm getting crazy... Umm, there's this Man called Don, he's the Leader of the Gang and he help me in a difficult time in my life. So, I helped him in return.

   Lynn: And you became a Bandit!?

   The Man: Maybe Edward has an explanation.

   Edward: I'm not saying that I did right things ok?! But listen, the Gang is old, really old, the Founders where Gunmen from the Old West, and somehow, they kept this Gang alive until today, with the current Leader Don.

   Lynn: Oh my God, what did you do in your life Edward? You robbed families Houses? Destroyed people's lives? Or worse!?

   Edward: No Lynn! I would never do that. The Gang doesn't do those kind of things, their focus are on Big Robberies, Banks, Mansions, mainly Banks were the focus. And their are like a Family, their are really together, and dependent of Don.

   Lynn: Well... Saying like that it sounds not so bad but.... It is still a Gang!

   Edward: Don says that they didn't have choice and that's why they choose this life. But, that's not true.

   The Woman: And why you are saying this.

   Edward: Because I choose, I saw what this life were doing with the Gang, and I noticed that this life can be avoided.

   The Man: Yeah, he talks like the right one.

   The Woman: Maybe he is.

   Lynn: But, why you choose to help me with Silver Springs?

   Edward: This work, this is my last work. The reward of it is High. High enough to pay my debts, with friends and family. And when I saw that I could do something good helping you, I choose to do it without question.

   Lynn: Well. Thank you.

  Edward: Wait! Where are they!?

The Man and The Woman were not there anymore.

   Lynn: Hey, get me down.

   Edward: Are you calm now?

   Lynn: C'mon Edward.

Edward puts her down.

   Edward: I was feeling bad for taking you at my..

Lynn slaps Edward in the face.

   Edward: Ouch!

   Lynn: Let's keep going.

   Edward: Ok... Ok...

They continue walking and Lynn starts singing.

   Lynn: Have you ever heard that song?

   Edward: What song?

   Lynn: This one that I'm signing! I think it's called  " Want to rule"... No! I think is " Everybody Wants to Rule the World"

   Edward: Ummm, never heard it. But, the Lyrics are actually really beautiful. From what Band is it from?

   Lynn: Unfortunately I can't remember...

They continues walking when they arrive on a Trail out of the road that leads to the Camp.

   Edward: Yeah, I think it's here, we just have to follow the Trail.

Lynn goes ahead through the Trail singing that song.

  Edward: Don't go too far, there could be something among the Trees.

Says Edward smiling.

   Lynn: What could be there!?

Responds Lynn Laughing.

Suddenly a Man jumping through the Trees with a Lasso grabs Lynn and go up on a Tree.

   Man: Oh my God! You're safe now from this Dumb Miss.

   Lynn: What the Hel... Who are you!?

   Man: Your savior my Queen.

   Edward: HEY! Get her down!

Five more Men appears, they are with the other that has the Lasso.

   Man: Shut Up! You thug! She's no more with you and danger.

The Man gets down with Lynn on his arms.

   Lynn: Oh God, no one deserves that.

   Man: Wait here Miss, I'm going to put this thug in the place where he deserves.

   Lynn: Get your hands off me!

Lynn punches the Man in the face and knock him down, the other ones look scared at her... And they go fight with her, and Incredibly she could dodge all their attacks.

   Lynn: Edward! You could help me here couldn't you!?

   Edward: Oh! Of course!

Says Edward really surprised.

Lynn incredibly managed to beat down three of them, while Edward knocked down two of them.

   Edward: Oh my God, it seems like I don't have to worry with you.

   Lynn: I know how to take care of myself.

Says Lynn smiling to Edward, and he is smiling back to her either. Edward look at the Man with the Lasso that is still awake, and he goes talk to him grabbing him by his shirt.

   Edward: Who are you!?

   Man: Take your hands off me!

   Lynn: Oh! It's not good isn't it?

   Edward: I'm not repeating!

   Man: Ok! Ok! I was contracted to take the Girl! Nothing more!

   Edward: Why!?

   Man: I don't know! I don't know! I don't ask, I just do my job!

   Edward: What do you know about us?!

   Man: I just know that she is like a Princess, and you are a Thug!

   Edward: So, you are like a Bounty Hunter?

   Man: Yeah, Yeah.. Are you done Now?

   Edward: Yeah, I am.

Edward takes his hands off of him and Lynn punches the Man's Face making him unconscious. Edward calls Texas.

   Edward: Looks like that I'm not the only one in charge to rescue you.

   Lynn: Unfortunately, maybe I was lucky to have you First... Or not?

   Edward: What do you mean?

   Lynn: Nothing, let's go.

They continued the Trail, Lynn and Edward talked with each other the whole way, their relationship started to be stronger, they play with each other, and laugh together in the way.

   Edward: All Right! Here we are.

The Camp is right in front of them. The Camp is in a area full of trees ending up on a Cliff with a beautiful sight. Edward and Lynn are approaching the Camp.

   Edward: I'm going to talk to them, and let me show you to them too ok?

   Lynn: Ok.

Edward goes some steps ahead, and say out loud.

   Edward: So, is this the right Camp Hoff?

  Abigail, is the First to see Edward.

   Abigail: Oh my God! Edward!

She screams, the others hear what's happening and go see the visitor.

   Edward: Abigail! It's been while isn't it!?

She hugs Edward, while the others come to see him. Lynn stay behind with Texas. The other members of the Gang, Louis, David, Mary, Laura and Kate goes out of their tents and arrives where Edward is.

   Louis: Edward!

   Edwards: Louis! My favorite French!

They hug each other.

   Louis: Man! You got a Moustache!

   Edward: Yes.. Yes..

   David: Don't you Forget me!

   Edward: C'mon David!

They all hug Edward after that hole time Edward was out. The others Girls  Mary, Laura and Kate also hugs Edward together. Edward remember all that he and all the others passed together.

   Kate: I liked this Moustache Edward.

Says her Smiling.

   Edward: Yeah! Yeah! I got a Moustache, like nobody noticed.

Says Edward laughing.

   Edward: But, where are the others? Where's Hoff, Tom, Arthur, John... Don.

   David: Ok, this is complicated.

   Louis: Oh! Who's her?

  Says Louis surprised, and he goes to talk to Lynn.

   Louis: Hello Mon Chéri, My name is Louis, it's a pleasure to meet you.

Says him smiling.

   Lynn: Oh, hello! I'm Lynn nice to meet you!

   Louis: What a Girl like you are doing..

   Edward: Calm down Louis! She's with me, ok?

Says Edward laughing.

   Edward: Ok, I want to introduce you Lynn, she's with me in a work.

Lynn goes steps forward.

  Lynn: Hi everyone.

Mary and Lauren goes to Lynn.

  Mary: Oh my God, your hair is beautiful!

   Laura: Oh that braids are really cool, can you teach me how to do it!?

   Lynn: Oh! Of course! Thank you!

   Kate: I want to know too!!

   David: Me either!

Mary, Lauren, Kate and David goes to talk to Lynn. Edward looks to Abigail.

  Abigail: Well, it looks like we are going to have fun with Her.

   Edward: Thankfully. Actually, I need to talk to Don. About something really Important.

   Louis: What's happening Edward?

   Edward: It's about my current work, there's something going to happen, and I need the Team's help for it.

   Louis: Well, it's not going to be that easy.

   Abigail: We don't see Don since past week.

   Edward: What? Why?!

   Louis: Don, Arthur, John, Tom, Hoff, all the others, they were in Canada.

   Edward: What!?

   Louis: You know Edward, business, they were trying to find a better place there, or just a bigger Robbery.

   Edward: Where are they now?

   Abigail: They're somewhere between Wisconsin, New York State and Vermont. Now they are probably already in Vermont.

   Louis: And Douglas..

   Abigail: He died there, Triss didn't survive too.

   Edward: Wait.... How? Why?

   Louis: Gang conflict.

   Edward: God....

                             1977

                     Massachusetts

                 Hampshire County

   Edward: Are they coming?

   Abigail: I don't know, they should have arrived here three days ago.

   Louis: I don't know when they are arriving here now.

   Edward: But, I need everyone here.... Damn it. I'm going.

   Louis: Wait! How do you know where they are?

   Edward: How did they go there?!

   Abigail: They went there by our Van.

   Edward: Good.

   Louis: What are you going to do?!

   Edward: I need a Map.... Or... Wait a minute.

Edward opens his Bag and gets Hoff's Letter, he turns the letter around, and on the other side of the Letter is written either, something that Edward didn't notice before.

   Hoff's Letter: " Don put us in other of those mess that he can manage to do. He said that he got a Plan and took Me, Arthur, John, George, Carlo, Charlie, Douglas, Triss, Michael, Elizabeth, Brad, Kurt and Clarice. The meaning is that, just a few of us stayed there in America. Now, like most of the times, the Plan was a shit and we are now stuck in some Wood Houses on the North Mountains of Vermont, there's no Fuel to the Van, and is snowing so Hard, and I don't know why, it's not even Snow season. Don told me that there's a Woman that he has a Friend in common, she probably needs help. I don't know what Don have in mind.

And unfortunately, Douglas passed away. May him Rest in Peace."

   Edward: So, North of Vermont.

   Louis: Why did him send you a Letter and not for us!?

   Abigail: Hoff is an Old Man, sometimes he's just strange.

   Edward: Ok, Ummm, if someone wants to come with me, is going to be a trip of around 62 miles away from here. Until the end of Day probably they'll be here.

Edward goes to one of the Tents to take medicines, and important items to the way to Vermont. While this, Waltz an old man and accountant of the Gang who was sleeping woke up and saw Edward.

   Waltz: Edward!?

   Edward: Mister Waltz! How's going?

   Waltz: Why are you here?

   Edward: Ow, I thought you would be happy to see me.

   Waltz: I don't care! I'm just doing my job here.

   Edward: But, thanks for asking, I'm here to talk to Don.

   Waltz: Bad news for you.

   Edward: Yeah I already know, that's why I'm also already going.

   Waltz: Are you going after them?

   Edward: Yes Mister Waltz.

   Waltz: Go then, I need to talk to Don too, and I don't see this man since last week.

    Edward: I'm going now.

Edward turns back and walks to Texas.

   Louis: Edward! I'm going with you.

   Edward: Good. Let's go.

   Louis: Are you going by horse?

  Edward: Yes I'm.

  Louis: I'm going to call mine then.

   Edward: Take warm clothes, we'll need it.

Edward goes to the tent where Lynn is with the other Girls and David. Lynn is braiding Kate's Hair when Edward comes.

   Edward: Lynn, I'm going after the others, all right?

   Lynn: Already?

   Edward: Yes.

   David: Who's going with you?

   Edward: Louis.

   Mary: Be careful Edward, please.

   Lynn: I'm seeing you tonight right?

   Edward: Probably, It's going to be around 2 hours to get there and to come back, of course, if we don't have to do nothing there to Don.

   Lynn: Ok.

   Edward: We are going.

They say goodbye to Edward and Louis, and then, Edward and Louis goes after the rest of the Gang in Vermont. The day is Sunny, the road is calm, they two can go to Vermont without worry.

The Time passes, in road they bought fuel for the Van and after a little bit more than an hour riding their Horses through the State of Massachusetts and Vermont, Edward and Louis sees from the Road smoke coming from the Mountains, Mountains that are white because of the snow.

   Edward: Can you see that Smoke!?

   Louis: Yes I can!

   Edward: They are probably there on the Mountains!

They ride in direction of the Mountains, the snow starts to come, making harder to run with the Horses, they continue going up on the Mountain. Edward and Louis get near to the Houses where the rest of the Gang are.

   Louis: It is There!

   Edward: I'm seeing it!

Brad, who is out of the Houses, sees Edward and Louis coming.

   Brad: Hey everyone I'm seeing Louis!

They were all inside the The Wood Houses, the Wether is cold, really cold, and with a lot of snow, inside the Two Houses, the Gang are trying to get their selves warm.

   Don: What's happening?

  Brad: Here! Everyone come out!

All of them go out of the Houses to see who arrived.

   Clarice: Oh my God, It's Edward!

   Don: Son of a Bitch.

Edward and Louis meet everyone else.

   Edward: Oh my God, Arthur.

   Arthur: It's been a while Edward.

They hug each other.

   Edward: And, Don..

   Don: So, you can't stay away from us for so much longer, can't you?...

   Edward: Yeah, it's what it seems like.

They all get in the House again, they start to talk about leaving and going to the New Camp, but Don says that he still has things to do in Vermont, and he was disappointed with Canada. All of them are emotionally brocken, because of Douglas and  Triss death, and the Gang's failure trying to put their selves in an other place, in a Better place. Don, before the arrive of Edward and Louis, said to all of them to not give up, their Gang is going to survive, adapting to the time where they are, since the Old West.

   Don: Listen, all of you here, We are going to get out of this Mountain all right!? Edward and Louis just appeared in the right time. But remember, we are not giving up ok? This Gang, this Team, is surviving since 1891, we passed from all the Happenings in the World! And it's not now that we'll give up. There's a Blizzard outside, and some of us didn't come back yet. So stay strong, and we'll face this with Bravery. Douglas was a good Man, again, if I could change this, Douglas and Triss would be coming back with us, I loved them too, but we need to move on.

Now, Let's go Arthur and Edward, follow me, and Louis stay here with the others.

  Don, Arthur and Edward goes out in the Blizzard. Don's Horse and Arthur's Horse were there together with the Van. Inside the House Douglas and Triss bodies were cremated.

  Edward: Where's John?.. and What about Michael?

   Don: There he is, Kurt!

Kurt is coming with Don's and Arthur's Horses.

   Arthur: That's a good question Edward, Michael were here in the last hours, now, John, I don't know.

They get up on their Horses and goes ahead Following Don.

  Don: Go inside Kurt! Go now! Fortunately, Horses doesn't need Gasoline.

   Edward: Where are we going Don?!

   Don: You'll see, You will see....

They continue riding on the snow until, Michael, he appears coming out of  fogg of the Blizzard.

   Arthur: Who's that?

   Don: It's Michael!

   Michael: Hey gentlemen, and... Edward? Is that you? With a Moustache?

   Edward: Yeah, Yeah. That's me...

   Michael: Surprising..

   Don: Well, what did you find there Michael?

   Michael: Just a little House back there, I heard people talking loud there.

   Don: We are going there. Let's go.

   Michael: Follow me.

They follow Michael on his Horse going through the Blizzard.

   Arthur: I'm glad that we are doing this in the Morning, tonight we would be blind here!

   Don: So let's hurry, I don't want this take all day long.

   Michael: It's ok, the House is near here. Where are you all staying now?

   Arthur: We are in that Wood Houses coming back.

   Michael: Better than nothing.

   Arthur: Michael! What about John did you see him?

   Michael: Don't see John in a while, maybe he's doing some Something dumb around there.

   Edward: Is it to far!?

   Don: No, He said that is close.

They end up on a Hill, that they are able to see the House.

   Michael: There it is.

  Don: Good! Let's go down there.

While they're going, a Couple of a Man and a Woman wearing Green Overcoats appears walking through the Blizzard.

   Don: Did you all see these two?

   Arthur: Yep.

   Michael: Yes, I did.

   Edward: Ummm, Ok....

  Don: Where are these Freaks going?!

They go down the Hill and stop next to the House, they get off of their Horses, Don goes to the front door, Michael hides behind a little wood cart, Arthur takes cover next to the side walls of the House and Edward hides inside the Wood barn. Don is going to make a distraction to the ones inside the House.

   Don: Hey! Hello there!

A Man opens the door.

  Man: What are you looking for?!

   Don: Oh, Hello Gentleman! I'm just lost here, because of the Blizzard you know?

Edward looks at Michael, Michael sees that inside the wood cart there's a dead body. And he whispers to Edward.

   Michael: Look at this! There's something going on here.

  Edward: Shit.

Don is still talking to the two men that are now out of the House. Edward, Arthur and Michael stay alert about anything that can happen.

   Don: So, can you help me with this?

   Man: No, no.. I don't trust you.

   The other Man: Wait a second..

Edward sees on the Roof of the House another Man point a rifle to Don.

   The other Man: This is the God damn Don Vindwood!

   Arthur: Damn it.

Michael starts shooting at the men, making Arthur and Edward shoot either, Don runs also shooting the men inside the House. Fortunately there was just 4 men inside the House.

   Don: All right, I think that's all. Let's get into the House.

They go into the House.

   Edward: Don, what's happening? I need to talk to you, I didn't even want to shoot these men.

   Don: You came here to take us out of this Mountain, didn't you?

   Edward: Yeah.

   Don: So Edward, you are doing it, that's what is happening.

   Edward: It's really important what I need to talk to you.

   Don: Later Mister Levinson, now do what I say to you and that's all! When we get back to Massachusetts, I'll have all the time of The World to talk to you ok?... All right there's nothing in there.

   Arthur: These men are....  Greenwalds.

   Don: Knew it, they are here. Arthur, go see the Barns.

   Arthur: Ok.

Arthur goes to the Barns with Edward, going inside two men appears to fight with them. Edward knocks one down and Arthur interrogates the other one. He asks him about where the others Greenwalds are, and he gets the answer, after this Arthur knocks this man down either.

   Don: What's happening in there!?

   Edward: Just two more of them.

   Don: Ok, where's Michael?

They hear screams coming from the House, screams from a Woman. They go see what's happening, inside the House is Michael arguing with this Woman who's screaming and throwing things on him.

   Michael: Wait, wait, you bitch!

   Don: Wow, wow, wow, What's going on here!?

   Michael: I'm not even having fun you..

   Don: That's enough Michael!

Arthur and Edward takes Michael out of the House. Michael was really angry. Inside the House Don try to keep the Woman calm and he takes her out of the house.

   Don: It's ok, it's ok, no one's going to hurt you, my name is Don, I'm here to save you, we are not one of them ok? C'mon.

Arthur helps the Woman getting out of the House.

   Arthur: What happened to you here?

   Woman: My.... My.. Husband they....

   Arthur: Ok, you don't need to remember this.

   Woman: They were here since the past three days....

   Don: C'mon Edward, take her on your horse!

   Edward: Ok! Here Miss. What's your name?

   Woman: I'm Cowen.... Jessie Cowen...

   Edward: Ok, Jessie, here get on the Horse.

   Arthur: You are safe Miss Cowen, we are bad guys, but, we are not them.

They go back to the Wood Houses. There they took Jessie Cowen to be there, and also, to her be part of the Gang. Charlie goes to Arthur running and angry.

   Charlie: You need to find him! Now!

   Arthur: I know that, I will.

   Charlie: Please Don, my Husband.

Don looks at her with a despicable face.

   Carlo: I'm going with Arthur, are you coming Edward?

   Edward: Of course. Let's solve this now.

   Charlie: Thank you so much, we missed you Edward.

Edward smiles to Charlie.

   Edward: Don't worry, we will find John.

Now Edward, and Arthur get on their Horses and Carlo on Michael's Horse, and they go to find John. Jessie told to them about John, the Greenwalds took him to a part of the Mountain a little far. When they get there, Edward decided to stay with the Horses, Arthur and Carlo are going after John. Arthur and Carlo are passing through the edges of the Mountain to get where John is.

   Arthur: Did you see how Don reacted to John?

   Carlo: I saw, if this depended of Don, John would be Dead.

   Arthur: Not even Michael seemed worried about John.

   Carlo: Sorry, but, you were innocent thinking that Michael would be worried with John.

   Arthur: Unfortunately, you are right.

They pass through the Mountain and they hear John's screams.

   Carlo: He must be there!

They go ahead and see John lying down on the snowy ground. Arthur and Carlo goes to him, Arthur puts John on his shoulders. John was hurt probably by the animals around there.

   Arthur: There you are Dumb. Let's go.

   John: Arthur.... Carlo...

  Carlo: C'mon.

They go back to where Edward is with the Horses.

   John: Ed... Edward?...

   Edwards: Yes It's me John.

Edward hears howling of Wolves coming from the Hill behind them.

   Arthur: Shit.

   Edward: I take care of it.

Edward try to scare the Wolves but they don't stop, he has to defend their selves from them, Edward end up shooting the three Wolves while they almost attacked Carlo.

   Edward: Damn, I think that's all. Let's go.

When they get up on their Horses, more Wolves appear, they could scape from them. Now they are going back to the Houses. Getting there Charlie was waiting for John, she almost cries when she see John.

   Charlie: Oh my God! Thank you, thank you so much.

   Arthur: Now we need to take care of him...

Don gets out of the House.

   Don: Are you done now? Let's go, quickly!

Hoff goes out of the House too.

   Hoff: Good job Boys. Now, we gotta go now, before the things get worse.

   Edward: All right.

Inside one of the Houses were Brad George, Michael and Arthur talking, Michael plays with George trying to annoys him, he gives a punch in his face, making George mad, what Michael wanted. But Don gets in there.

   Don: You fools! Stop punching each other and keep your hands to Donald Greenwald and his Gang, we gotta go now! C'mon.

Don fuels the Van, gets ready the Horses, and they are ready to come back.

   Edward: Hey Elizabeth, you want to go in the Van or on Texas?

   Elizabeth: Oh, I'm done of Horses, I don't even know why you use them, this Gang is old but we are not stuck in 1890s.

Says her laughing and drinking.

   Edward: You should stop drinking so much Miss.

   Elizabeth: But I love this!

And she Laughs again entering the Van.

They go out of the this place finally. But Arthur warned Don, about what the Greenwald said to him before in the Barns, where they have to pass to go out of the Mountains is right where the Greenwalds Gang are Camping.

   Don: I know that Arthur, we stop before it and then, we do what we know how to do.

Getting closer to the Greenwalds Camp, Don says to stop the Van, and they analyze the Area.

   Don: Is this the Mister Greenwald?

   Micheal: Well it looks like.

   Kurt: We should take better positions.

   Arthur: That's right.

   Don: Me, Arthur and Edward, we go down there and fight them. You the rest, go ahead, we'll not slow with this.

   Carlo: Look Don, Mister Greenwald is going out of here.

   Don: Yeah, today wasn't the day when I have the chance to Shoot this Bastard... Moving!

Don, Arthur and Edward goes to the Camp and the Van with the others and the Horses go around the Camp.

They three hides behind the Wood abandoned Houses next to the Greenwalds Camp.

   Don: Whenever you want Edward....

   Edward: ... Let's go!

They go fight the Greenwalds, Arthur is taking the men on the Left, Edward the middle, and Don the Right. They won, cleaning the area from the Greenwalds.

   Don: Right. Now let's go. I'm bored of this place.

They go to their Horses and goes out of the Snowy Mountains back to the Camp in Hampshire County. After almost Two hours, they are approaching the trail to the Camp.

   Don: Finally! We arrived!

Everyone in the Van are excited. They get in the Camp where the Girls were waiting for them.

   Mary: Finally!

   Laura: Don!!

   Don: We are back everyone. We are back.

Everyone goes out of the Van, off of their Horses, and going to their Tents. Fixing the Camp and Improving it.

   Lynn: Edward!

   Edward: Hey Lynn! I told you.

Lynn stares at Edward.

   Lynn: Yeah...

   Don: Who is this?

   Edward: She's Lynn.

   Lynn: Oh! Hello!You must be Don right?

   Don: You are right Miss. Now, Edward I'm waiting for your proposal to me inside my Tent.

Says Don smoking a Cigar laughing.

Edward looks at Lynn.

   Edward: Now, they will help us with Silver Springs....

   Edward's Dairy: " I found the Team, the Gang, they'll probably help me and Lynn. I'm not going to lie, I missed them, what last to me is they accept my ask for help. I'm in Hampshire County, but not for so long, Don is always changing the Camp's place because of the Authorities. After they accepting, I'm going to take Lynn to her Family, she deserves it."

                             1970s

                     Massachusetts

                 Hampshire County

Edward wakes up in his Tent next to Lynn's. Edward change his clothes, he puts his White shirt with a Black Vest, Black pants and his Boots. He goes to give everyone in the Camp a Good Morning, and after he's going to talk with Don about Silver Springs.

   Lynn: Morning Edward.

   Edward: Good Morning Lynn. How was your night?

   Lynn: Good, I mean. It's cool to sleep in a Different place after years

locked in a Tower.

   Edward: Yeah, I see your point. Well, I'm going to talk to Don now, if he accept, all the Team here will be on our side, and, trust me, we know how to dismantle a Government, especially one that is already dismantling itself.

   Lynn: Ok, it's better to Don accept.

Edward goes ahead to Don's Tent talk to him.

   Edward: Morning Don... So... Can we talk?

Don looks to Edward while smoking his sigar.

   Don: Let's do this right now, I'm curious.

Don Calls Hoff, Waltz, Kurt, Arthur, John, Clarice and Carlo to the Table inside one of the Tents. Michael, George, Brad, David, Louis and the Girls stayed out of the Tent including Lynn.

   Don: So Edward! C'mon, spit it out.

   Edward: Please, don't joke with me, all right?

   Hoff: C'mon Edward, before I sleep.

The people laugh.

   Edward: Listen carefully, I got a last work as you all probably already know. I didn't know who contracted me, but the Reward is high, really high.

Michael says from behind.

   Michael: How many thousands are we talking about here?!

Edward turns back to Michael.

   Edward: Not thousand, but Million.

Everyone looks surprised, and Don almost is with his eyes shinning.

   Don: Go ahead, go ahead...

   Edward: The work was to rescue a Girl in a City.

   Hoff: And I assume that she's is the Girl, isn't it?

Says Hoff pointing to Lynn.

Edward turns to the Table and looks at Hoff.

   Edward: You are right. She is, and her name is Lynn, as some of you already know.

   Don: All right but, continue, go...

   Edward: You all must noticed that this is to easy for such a Good payment. And yes, she is part of something more, something bigger. The city where she's from is almost going into a Civil War, and she wanted to me to help her and try to put the city again in the right direction.

   Carlo: And what city is that?

   Edward: It's Called..

   Lynn: Silver Springs! It's called Silver Springs.

   Kurt: Never heard of it.

   Carlo: Me neither.

   Don: Where is this City Mister Levinson, or, Miss?

   Lynn: Lynn Valentine.

   Don: Miss Valentine, I never heard of this City before.

   Edward: Now it's the difficult part to explain... Well, Hoff, have you ever heard of Silver Springs?

Hoff looks at Edward with an strange face.

   Edward: ... A City where... Everyone are happy, living perfect lives, no discrimination, almost non crimes, just good people.

Hoff looks at Waltz, and then to Edward again.

   Hoff: Well, back in the 40s, in the Second World War, I remember seeing this name in some propagandas, not gonna lie.

   Waltz: For me it's a familiar name.

   Hoff: What more can you tell about that city Edward?

Edward looks to Lynn with a worried face.

   Edward: Well... The city.... How can I even begin.... The city.....

   Don: C'mon Edward!

   Edward: The city is not on the Ground, the city flies.

   Don: What?!

Everyone starts to laugh, just Hoff, Arthur, Edward and Lynn are the ones not laughing. Even Waltz shared a smile.

Michael walks to Edward laughing so hard, he puts his hand on Edward shoulders and says.

   Michael: Oh my God! Edward!... Edward! You came here after all that time just to tell us a joke you bastard!

   Edward: Haha... Funny..

Edward takes off Michael's hands of his shoulders. Don throws out his sigar and look at Edward.

   Don: Edward.... Are YOU joking us? Is this a prank? A freaking Floating City in the sky?

   Edward: Don, you need to hear me.

   Michael: No Edward, WE DON'T need to HEAR YOU! After all that time you came here to prank us? A FUCKING PRANK? I waited for at the minimum one " Oh! Hello Don, Hello Michael, I missed you, are you ok?" But you come here to say this Bullshit?!

Don slowly pushes Michael to far from Edward.

   Don: Look Edward, I never saw you lie, especially like this. What do you want? Why we'll accept to help you? What do we have in change?

   Edward: I come back to the Gang, I'll do the Robberies, I'll be back.

   Don: Just this? Yeah, we missed you sometimes but, you want us to do what in that city?

  Edward says louder.

   Edward: I want to you Don, command a Attack to Zachary, the Man behind this Hole City issues that I mentioned.

   Kurt: You want us to do an assault to a Government?

   Edward: It's just a City, not an entire Country. And Don, I know that you can, Men? You have. What last is you deciding what to do.

   Don: ... Yes, I can Plan this.

   Hoff: But where this " Flying City" is?

   Lynn: East Coast.

  Don: East Coast? I'm not seeing any City in the Skies?

  Edward: You don't know any City like that one, just going to it and you will understand it.

   Don: If you Edward, come back, just that is not enough... I want part of the reward.

   Edward: I was thinking if you helped me, to divide the payment, of course if you help me, wasn't just me who did the work.

   Don: Deal?

   Edward: Deal.

Don and Edward shake their hands.

   Michael: What!?

   Don: Stay in your own Michael... You... You have to prove this to us. Edward do not disappoint me....

Don turns to all the Gang.

   Don: Listen, I got a Plan! And Edward will help us on it. Welcome back Edward....

   Louis: For Edward!

Louis raises his hand, and all the others around raises too saying out loud " For Edward". Michael didn't do this, he just looked to Edward with a despicable face and walked out.

Don goes to his Tent with Hoff and Waltz, Edward and Lynn follow them.

   Don: Listen, there's the thing, you want to destroy something, a society, a group, a Team, a Government, whatever, you have to be in it. Edward, how is this City? Besides it flies, is that city like a normal city?

   Edward: Well, yes.

   Don: There's cops there? Police departments?

   Edward: Yes, it's like a Normal city, it has everything that a normal city has in a constitutional way. But Lynn can talk better about this.

   Don: She's from there.

   Lynn: Yes, I am.

   Don: Well.... That's right. We have to infiltrate in the Police business, all right? We gotta put our hands in something that we can use against the Government or the authorities, to make them unsure about what they are, and their concepts.

   Hoff: That's a good one Don.

   Don: Thank you Hoff, but now, you... Edward, You'll be part of my Plan now.

   Edward: What's happening.

   Don: Southampton, there's a Bank there. I want to take it. We are getting all ready for the Robbery.

   Edward: Understood.

   Don: Later check in your Tent, I'll put a letter there explaining what left for the Robbery.

Don goes do his things. Waltz goes to his place, but Hoff stays with Edward.

   Hoff: I don't see you lying. I don't know if I can't trust you. O heard about that city before, but I thought this was just some.. Some sort of Park, or, a bad idea that got bigger. Maybe I was wrong. See you around.

Hoff goes. Edward looks to Lynn.

   Edward: And... That's how we get started!

Lynn smiles.

   Edward: How much time do we have?

   Lynn: What are you talking about?

   Edward: Until Zachary gets control of Silver Springs.

   Lynn: .... I don't know. I wish. My parents must know. But, until no more of the Creators left the city, the chances to Zachary won this fight are going to be minimum. Edward... Never in the History of Silver Springs we had an Election, we didn't need this. If our Mayors or Creators go out of the city, that means that someone has to replace them.

   Edward: Ok, soon we are going to your Family.

Few hours later, at Midday, Kurt and Louis goes talk to Edward.

   Louis: Bonjour Edward.

   Kurt: Hey Edward.

   Edward: Hey guys.

   Kurt: Don wants to us go to Southampton to see how the city works and, you know, be prepared to the day.

   Edward: All right... Let's go.

   Louis: George is coming with us.

   Edward: Ok.

They get on their Horses, and they go to Southampton. They're trying to visit a bar there.

   Edward: C'mon Texas, Let's go.

   George: I'm waiting for some beautiful Girls there.

   Louis: C'mon George, we'll have fun there, we are going to a bar, if you want to pass in another place...

Louis and George Laughs.

   George: And you and that Girl Edward... Her name is Lynn isn't it?

   Edward: There's nothing between us.

   Louis: Yeah, Yeah....

   Edward: I'm saying.

   Kurt: Yes, for now you two are nothing.

Says Kurt laughing.

   Louis: So, it means that she's single.

Says Louis smiling and looking at Edward.

   Edward: Try another my dare Frenchie.

   George: But the truth is that she's beautiful, ahm?

   Edward: C'mon guys! Here in the city is going to be another Girls, try to take them to a date.

   George: A Date? HAHA! I want another thing...

   Louis: Ok, Ok, we are getting closer to the city.

  They get inside the city, they go to the city's bar that was with a strong movement of people. They stop next to the Bar, and goes inside it. There's some girls in the Bar standing asking for a drink.

  Louis: Hello Chéris! You would like to have a drink or something?

   George: Hello Girls.

Edward looks around the Bar, apparently it's everything normal. Louis and George are now talking with the Girls and paying their drinks.

   Kurt: What you want Edward.

   Edward: No Kurt, relax, I'm not drinking.

   Kurt: Well, ok then.

Kurt asks for a drink and sits on the chair of the Bar, Edward sits too.

   Edwards: Hey! Barman, I want a glass of water.

   Barman: Water? Ok then.

   Kurt: Look Edward, it seems like Louis and George made friends.

   Edward: I'm seeing.

Louis and George are talking with the Girls about the city.

   Louis: And where is the most romantic place in this Town Mon amour?

The Girl talking with him responds. Kurt and Edward are now walking to them going to introduce their selves to the Girls too.

   George: Look who appears, look Milena here, this guy with the Long hair, is Kurt, and the other one strong with a Moustache is Edward.

   Edward: Hey!

One of the Girls with a Short hair grabs Edward's Arms and hugs him. Kurt stays with one of the other Girls.

  Short Haired Girl: Hey.

Says her biting her lips.

   Edward: Wow, Ummm, Hi.

Says Edward smiling but also turning red.

   Louis: So Mon Amours, I know what I'm asking now is a little bit strange but, what about the safety of this Town? Is here a safe place? You know, I would like to hang out with you and don't be worried.

Says Louis Laughing.

   The Girl: Oh Yeah, here we don't have a lot of assaults you know? Here's a very calm place. And the Police is really fine.

   George: But, is there a Bank here? Like a big Bank?

   The other Girl: Yes! The Bank of the city.

   George: Ummm, cool. I'm thinking of passing there.

Suddenly a Man in the Bar gets close to the Girls and talks to them in an Angry tone. This Man is with his friends that are behind him sitting on the Chairs.

   Man: So Girls, is these Folks annoying you?

One of the Girls answers.

   The Girl: Get out of here Derick...

Apparently the Man is called Derick and the Girls know him, probably because they are used to visit the Bar.

   Derick: Ok then... Ok.

   George: Yeah Derick, we are fine.

When Derick walks he throws the drink in his Glass on George.

   Derick: Ops!...

Derick and his friends laugh. George is an easy guy to get Angry, so, George grabs Derick's neck.

   George: Well well, we have a clown here in the bar.

   Derick: Get your god damn hands off of me...

   Edward: Here we go...

Derick punches George.

   George: Haha! So is that what you want?!

George punches Derick and a fight starts inside the Bar. All the Girls get scared and run out of the Bar. Edward gets hit and he starts to fight too, all the people inside the Bar starts to fight. Edward knocks down three men, George and Louis are fighting with Derick's friends, Kurt is also fighting but he's trying to get out of the Bar to avoid something stupid that could happen. Someone throws Louis out of the Bar and George is being hit by a Man on a table, Edward saw them and he goes to help George first, he beats the Man down helping George, who's with his nose broken.

   George: Thank you Edward, I think that we had enough here. Let's get the shit out of here.

   Edward: That's a good idea.

Edward hears steps coming from the upper floor of the Bar and going downstairs, Edward turns back to the stairs and there's this giant Man probably around 6 foot 5 tall and really strong, he was staying at the Bar's rooms upstairs and he got really angry with all the mess downstairs. He goes hitting all the ones in front of him until he get to Edward.

   Man: ....

   Edward: Hey Mister.... How's going?

The Man pushes Edward through the Bar door and they start to fight outside on the street, outside started to mizzle. Edward hits him in his stomach and in his abs, but, it didn't work. The people passing by the Bar on the street stoped to see the fight, Edward goes steps back but he still in a fight position, the Man goes steps forward to him and punches him in the Face, he continues hitting Edward. Edward incredibly gets through all his punches and don't give up.

   Man: Don't you desist Bastard?

   Edward: ... I can do this All Day.

Edward goes against the Man and now he's punching the Man in the right places where he could hurt him, Edward kicks his Leg joint putting him down on the Ground, an other Man who was trying to end all the Mess holds Edward's Arms and says to stop.

   The other Man: Hey fella, he had enough! Let's end this?

Edward looks around, he stops. Edward felt bad for everything that happened.

   Edward: Ok.... Ok... All right.

Edward goes steps back, and turns back to go out of the city following the others. Edward gets on Texas while the people return to walk on the street. When he gets on Texas a Couple of Man and a Woman wearing Green Suits appears and talk to him.

   The Man: Well Mister it's better for you to go now.

   The Woman: Yes, before the Cops arrive.

The Couple has a British accent. Edward looks at them and he goes back to the Camp, getting in it Edward stops Texas and keep him on the podium, Edward goes to his Tent and Lynn sees him.

   Lynn: Edward! Your face.

   Edward: It's ok.

   Lynn: No, it's not! Here.

Lynn picks some ice cubes in a bag to put on Edward's face.

   Edward: Where did you find this?

   Lynn: Mister Pearson.

   Edward: Oh, he's back?

Pearson is a member of the Gang, he takes place doing the food for the other members in the Camp, he was out for a while because of personal issues.

Lynn is now putting the ice bag on Edward's face.

   Lynn: What happened?

   Edward: Bar fight.

   Lynn: Oh my God, you got really hurt.

   Edward: No, I've been in worse situations before.

George, Louis and Kurt come to Edward's Tent.

   George: Here you are Edward.

   Louis: Why did you take so long?

   Edward: Because someone left me Behind with an "El Gigante" back there...

   Kurt: In the moment when you and George went out of the Bar we ran back to the Camp.

   Edward: Yeah, I noticed. But it's ok, I could deal with the Big Guy.

   Louis: Whatever... I'm going to my Tent.

   George: Me too, take care Edward.

   Kurt: Yeah, I'm going too.

Lynn looks at Edward.

   Lynn: So, you guys had fun there?!

   Edward: Just them, expect Kurt actually. I didn't even get a Drink.

   Lynn: Aham....

   Edward: I'm not lying.

Says Edward smiling. Lynn stay with Edward for a few minutes until he gets better, the raining stops.

   Lynn: Ok, I think that's enough.

   Edward: Thank you Lynn.

   Lynn: No problem Edward. And, actually, Hoff is wanting to talk with you.

   Edward: Really? Ummm, ok, I'm going to see him.

Edward stands up and walks to Hoff who is sitting next to a Tree in the corner of the Camp.

   Edward: Hey Hoff!

   Hoff: Edward! Come here.

   Edward: So, you want to talk with me?

   Hoff: Calm down Edward... I'm not angry with you.

Says Hoff Laughing.

   Hoff: I just want to go Hunt with you Edward, and talk about life and stuff.

   Edward: Oh! Of course, I need to take a time to rest a little.

   Hoff: Here, take this.

Hoff gives Edward's old Hat.

   Edward: C'mon Hoff, this old Cowboy hat.

Says Edward smiling.

   Hoff: Let's go Edward, put this Hat and let's go.... Arthur! If you want to go Hunting now it's the time!

   Arthur: Well, why not.

   Hoff: C'mon Arthur.

The three goes on their Horses to Hunt. They go through the Trail out of the Camp.

   Arthur: So, Edward you were in a Fight hours ago weren't you?

   Edward: Yeah, but I'm not proud of it.

   Hoff: Did you lose?

   Edward: No, but... I don't like to do that. I'm still feeling bad.

   Arthur: Were you the one who started the Fight?

   Edward: No.

   Arthur: So, there's nothing to feel bad about it. You were just defending your self.

   Edward: Well, you are not wrong.

They go out of the Trail ending up in the road.

   Hoff: So Edward, this Hole City thing you were telling us. How can you prove it to us?

   Edward: You know Lynn, the Girl.

   Hoff: Yes.

   Edward: She's from there.

   Hoff: That's not enough, especially for Don. You know that he's just accepting to help you because of the Money, do you?

   Edward: Yep, I know.

   Arthur: But seriously, Edward, if I didn't know you I would call you Crazy about all you said before. But knowing you, I can't tell if it's true or not.

   Edward: It is Arthur, I swear. Two days ago I was there, I rescued Lynn there, but something bigger tried to hide that city and had success doing it.

   Arthur: What I know is that what I have to do now it's wait for you prove this and surprise all of us.

   Hoff: I agree with you Arthur.

   Edward: I will prove it, I just have already other things to do beside this.

   Hoff: Ok, now changing the Subject. What did you find out in Southampton besides how to do a mess in a bar?

   Edward: Well, Louis and George talked to this Five Girls in the Bar, they were having a talk before this Guy appeared and Punched George in the Face.

   Arthur: So, that was how it started.

   Edward: Yep. However, what I heard about the Talk between us and the Girls was that the city is safe but not because they have the best cops in the world but, because there is no assaults, Robberies and that stuff.

   Arthur: It means that if we Robb the Bank, the Police would be "not" prepared.

   Hoff: But that doesn't mean that we are winning this time, we have to be as careful as in a Big city with a good Police Department.

   Arthur: You are not wrong Hoff, but you need to tell this to Louis, Kurt, George, Michael and the others.

They are now in a Trail that leads to a big lawn with threes, where is a Wide place with Deers.

   Hoff: Ok, let's stop there on the Rocks and try to get a good meat.

They stop their Horses and get off of them preparing their selves for the Hunting.

   Hoff: Look there's Deers, be careful all right?!

   Arthur: Ok, ok Old Man that's not the first time we Hunt.

Says Arthur in a sarcastic way.

After a few seconds Arthur already got one Deer, Hoff is almost catching a second one and Edward is just following them and waiting for a good opportunity. However, Edward didn't get any Deer, Hoff got his and Arthur as well.

   Hoff: Yeah, it looks like there's no more Deers around here. Next time you'll get one Edward.

   Arthur: Let's keep moving.

   Hoff: There's a small river right ahead, we can go there.

They get on their Horses and they go to the Small River near there. In the way they passes by threes, some animals like birds and squirrels, they pass by a Wood House, and follow the Trail to the River.

   Edward: What happened to Mister Pearson?

   Hoff: I don't know, he just went out for some time.

   Arthur: I think it's because of some personal problems in his life.

   Hoff: Well as long it doesn't bothers the Gang, it's fine to Pearson take a time out to solve his problems.

   Arthur: And what about Don? Do you think he has everything under Control Hoff?

   Hoff: Don... Don is the type of Man who solve the problems always in the worst time possible, and always has another plan for the future. So Arthur, no, I don't think he has EVERYTHING under control, you know what I mean?

   Arthur: Yeah Hoff, I understand you.

   Hoff: Edward appear with this Reward is like a Miracle for Don, he was lost before, inside that Wood House in Vermont among the Blizzard. I guess that now Don is more confident about what he's doing.

   Edward: Because of course, if he do something wrong, he's sure that he'll get a Money to save himself.

   Hoff: Let the time show this to us....

They stop their Horses at the river, but Arthur noticed something different there, he looks to the ground and see a Footprint.

   Arthur: Hoff, Edward... Come see this....

   Hoff: Is that a...

   Edward: Bear Footprint.

   Arthur: Let's see if there's more.

Arthur goes ahead in the opposite direction of the River, to the threes on the hill ahead, Edward looks to the ground and tried to find more Footprints. Arthur find a bitten fish on the grass.

   Arthur: Look here! It's fresh.

  Hoff: This bear was eating a fish and let it on the ground there, strange.

   Edward: Hey! Here! I found something.

Edward found the...

   Hoff: Bear's shit..

   Edward: Oh my God... That's disgusting.

   Arthur: The Bear is near here stay alert.

They go ahead to the beginning of the hill, Arthur knees on the ground and sees another fish.

   Arthur: Yeah, he's definitely..... Oh Shit!

Arthur hears something coming, and he looks forward... There's the Bear running to them. Arthur stands up and grabs Hoff throwing him to far from the Bear, Edward faces the Bear and quickly he drew his Gun shooting the Bear, that wasn't enough to kill the Bear but was enough to scare him. The Bear runs away back to the hill.

   Edward: Are you ok?!

   Arthur: Good shot Edward.

   Hoff: Yeah! Yes, we are. God, I'm too old for this.

   Arthur: Ok, I think that's enough for today, right?

   Hoff: Yeah, Let's go back to the Camp. Do you want to go with us Edward or you rather stay here or Hunt the Bear?

Edward looks around and to the Hill.

   Edward: No, I'm going with you.

   Arthur: Let's go then.

   Hoff: C'mon

They get up on their Horses and go back to the Camp.

Getting in the Camp Hoff goes to his Tent, Arthur takes the Deer meat from the Horses to give them to Pearson, and Edward goes with Arthur.

   Arthur: Mister Pearson! Here fresh Deer Meat.

   Pearson: Oh! Hey Arthur and Edward, thank you for that.

   Arthur: You're Welcome Mister Pearson.

Arthur and Edward goes to their Tents. Don stops Edward.

   Don: Edward. Kurt and George told me about the Bar in Southampton, our next step is going to be about the Police Department and analyze the Bank, understood? After this Robbery we can talk more about that Whole Silver Springs thing, ok?

   Edward: Understood Don.....

   Don: And... Tomorrow I want to us have a little party, you know, just celebrating that we are alive after Canada and Vermont, and also, you come back. So, be free tomorrow evening, all right?

   Edward: Ok Don, don't worry I'll be here.

   Don: All right then.

Edward goes to his Tent, he takes his Hat off, fix his hair and sits on his bed, he opens his Dairy, he see his drawings of the Wood Houses in Vermont, Jessie Cowen's House the Girl who Edward, Arthur and Don found in the Blizzard.

   Edward's Dairy: " Today is being a really crazy day, at Midday, Me, Louis, George and Kurt went to the city of Southampton in a Bar, we talked with some Girls there trying to find something useful about the Town, it ended up on a Bar fight and I almost got beaten by a Giant Guy. And I saw again this Couple wearing Green clothes, I must be crazy. After that I came back to the Camp, there Lynn told me that Hoff wanted to talk with me, so I talked to him, he wanted just to Hunt with me, Arthur also came with us, and we ended up having two Deers and fighting against a Bear. I thought that was more difficult to find Bears around here. Anyways, now I'm going to rest for a while and wait for tomorrow. "

Edward lays down on the Bed. Lynn comes and sits in the chair next to his Bed.

   Lynn: How was the Hunting?

   Edward: Oh, Ummm... It was good yeah.

   Lynn: Hoff looked scared when you came back.

   Edward: Yeah, we almost got eaten by a Bear.

   Lynn: Oh God!

Lynn laughs.

   Lynn: And you say that was good?

   Edward: Yes, some day I will call Hoff and talk about this, and we'll laugh at it.

Says Edward smiling.

Lynn looks at him, and she takes her Flute out of her Bag. Edward is almost sleeping, she starts to play her Flute, and Edward notices it.

   Lynn: Sorry if I'm bothering you.

   Edward: No! No.... It's actually.... Go ahead.

She smiles to him, and continues playing her Flute...

  Edward wakes up in the Morning with Lynn shaving and fixing his beard.

   Lynn: Don't move your mouth and stay like that.

   Edward: What are you doing?

Says Edward trying to keep his mouth closed.

   Lynn: Fixing your Beard... And your Moustache.

  Says Lynn smiling.

   Lynn: Wait one more second.... Done! Look at the Mirror.

   Edward: Oh God, please, tell me that you don't....

Edward looks at the Mirror.

   Edward: Ummm, it's actually... Pretty Good! Wow, where did you learn how to... Shave a Beard?

   Lynn: Now!?

   Edward: You're kidding.

   Lynn: .....

   Edward: Really?... Ok.

Lynn Laughs.

   Lynn: I'll go talk to the Girls, ok?

   Edward: All right.

Edward looks again at the mirror.

   Edward: Well, it actually looks really good.

Edward stands up and goes talk to the people of the Gang. Don sees him.

   Don: Edward! Come here!

   Edward: I'm Going!

Edward goes to the table Tent.

   Don: Listen... The first step to infiltrate and discover information of this Government of Silver Springs, is that right?

   Edward: Yes, Silver Springs, you're right.

   Don: The First step is to infiltrate in the Police Department of the City. I mind that you already have a Police Officer Distinctive, Edward.

   Edward: Yes, I do.

   Don: This is going to be useful. Use this Distinctive to go through the security of the Police and go search their things like paperwork, documents, evidences of corruption in the city, something to make them scared of someone who knows more them expected. If this guy, what's his name again?

   Edward: You are talking about?

   Don: This freak wanting to put the city down on the ground and all that stuff.

   Edward: Zachary.

   Don: Zachary! Ok. If this Zachary is as bad as you and that Girl says that he is, there must be something to put his entire career as a Son of a Bitch down. You must find it. If it's not inside the Police Department's documents, it's going to be inside the Government, and if it's inside the Government, is going to be a little more difficult.

   Edward: Understood, that's actually a really good idea.

   Don: BUT! Before that, you have to be in the Southampton Bank Robbery, understand?

   Edward: Yes Don, I know that, this is part of the Deal.

   Don: Good. By the way Good Morning Edward.

   Edward: Morning Don.

Edward goes out of the table Tent and John comes say something to Edward.

   John: Hey Edward.

   Edward: Hey John, how's going? How are the Injuries?

   John: Thanks for asking. Is getting better, actually they are already healing... But, I came here to say that Hoff and Waltz want to talk with ya.

   Edward: Oh, Ok. Where are they?

   John: They are at that Tree over there next to the Cliff, actually Waltz is sitting in that rock.

   Edward: All right, Thanks John.

   John: No problem Edward.

Edward goes walking to Hoff and Waltz.

   Hoff: Come here Edward!

   Edward: What's going on?

   Hoff: Come here look. Look at this sight.

Says Hoff putting his hand on Edward shoulder.

   Hoff: Enjoy it when we are still here, after the Robbery we'll not be here anymore. But that's not what I want to talk about.

   Edward: So what is it?

   Waltz: Show him the Posters.

   Hoff: Look here.

Hoff gives to Edward a Poster of some criminals, that made murderers in the past months.

   Edward: What is that?

   Hoff: Opportunity to make money.

   Waltz: If you are not as dumb as I imagine, you must take this.

   Edward: Three criminals around Massachusetts, New York and Vermont... That's interesting.

   Hoff: So, are you accepting this?

   Edward: Sure. Nothing else?

   Hoff: Well. Remember Marshall? Mister Marshall?

   Edward: Yes, I was doubting why he wasn't here.

   Waltz: It's because that poor Marshall tried to be a Preacher. Another dumb.

   Hoff: Yeah, Mister Marshall tried to be a Reverend. Actually he's one now. But with this, he turned into an Alcoholic crazy Man, he... He doesn't know what he's doing with his Life, you know? Just... You can try to convince him to come back.

   Waltz: Good luck on that.

   Edward: I'll try. Where is he?

   Hoff: Last time we saw him, he was at the Train Tracks ending in that Railway Station.... Ummm...

   Edward: I know what you are talking about.

   Waltz: At least find him there.

   Edward: I'm going to.

   Hoff: Thanks for accept this Edward.

   Edward: No Problem Old Man.

Edward turns back and keeps the Posters inside his bag.

   Edwards Mind: "Ok, what do I do now? Try to find something about Southampton? Go find the Criminals? Find Mister Marshall? Or talk to Brandon? He was wanting to talk with me, maybe next time. I think I'm going try to find the first Criminal. Yeah, that's a good idea, I have to start doing at least good things."

  Edward goes to Texas, he pets him and then get up on him, Edward is riding to the next small town near there to find the first Criminal, his name is Jeremy The Lucky, he's called like that because he was never caught and never stayed in jail, or at least never stayed in jail for more than 5 days. Edward is going after him, now Edward is reading the Poster and trying to not forget how his face is. Getting closer to the Town, is notable that everyone in it knows each other, the Town is with a significant movement of people. Edward stops Texas next to a Store and goes around to see if he find Jeremy The Lucky, he stops to talk to some people asking for the Criminal, apparently some people know his existence but, didn't hear about him in a while, Edward continues to talk with some people, when he realized to talk to the Police Officers. He goes to the small Police Department of the Town, and asks the cops for information. The cops says that they are trying to find him, but he didn't commit any crimes in the last days, Edward thanks the Officers and goes out of the Department.

   Edward: Well, where's the guy?

Edward looks to his left and he sees the main street of the Town, with a lot of stores and with some people on the street, and also he sees a man going out of a drugstore. Edward looks at him, this man is wearing a strange hat covering part of his face, Edward feels not really good about this man. Edward gives a quick look at the Poster and keeps it back inside his bag, he starts to follow the man. The Man goes ahead out of the store and enters in his car, Edward whistles to Texas and he comes, Edward gets up on him and follows the man's car.

   Edward: Hopefully this is the right guy.

The car goes out of the Town, Edward carefully follows him, the man inside the car notices Edward following him, and he goes faster with the car.

   Edward: Shit! C'mon boy, let's go faster!

Edward makes Texas run faster, but he knows that even Texas not being a slow horse he couldn't compete with a car. So, Edward tries to predict were the man is going to be driving to, and take a shortcut on the road, he goes riding Texas through the trees seeing the man's car on his side, Edward takes his Pistol and starts to point to the car, incredibly, Texas could get side by side with the car at some moment, Edward goes out of the trees getting closer to the car, he tries to see inside the car to be sure that the man inside the car is Jeremy The Lucky. Edward are now able to see the man inside, the man now is with his hat off and Edward can see his face.

   Edward: That's him! Faster Texas!

The man inside the car is Jeremy The Lucky, Jeremy tries to hit Texas with his car, but Fortunately Edward is capable to dodge it, Edward points his Pistol to the car's wheels and he shoot it, making the car get slower, Edward shoots the other wheel, Jeremy loses the control of the car and hits a Tree. Edward approaches the car and calm down Texas.

   Edward: Easy! Easy Texas.

Edward gets off Texas and walks carefully pointing his Gun to the Car, he gets closer, closer and closer, when Jeremy kicks the car's door and runs away from Edward.

   Edward: Wait! Let's make this easier!?

   Jeremy The Lucky: Stay away bastard!

   Edward: Shit...

Edward runs after Jeremy. Jeremy picks his gun tries to shoot Edward, but Jeremy couldn't get a shot at Edward, since he was running and pointing his gun back.

   Edward: I don't wanna shoot you!

   Jeremy The Lucky: Damn it!

Jeremy almost fall into a Cliff right ahead, he didn't have where to go now, Edward starts to walk and talk to him.

   Edward: Hey, be careful there.

   Jeremy points his gun to Edward but it was out of bullets.

   Jeremy The Lucky: Shit!

   Edward: Weren't you... The Lucky?

   Jeremy The Lucky: Haha... Funny.

   Edward: Listen, I came to take you to the cops, all right? So let's make this quick.

   Jeremy The Lucky: Ha! Go **** your self.

Edward gets closer to him and Jeremy goes steps back.

   Edward: C'mon Jeremy, you are almost at the edge of the Cliff. You now that you did wrong things, you have to pay for it.

   Jeremy The Lucky: I'm not going to Jail! And if I go, I'll be out of there quickly!

   Edward: C'mon man!

Jeremy goes steps back, he stumbles and fall.

   Edward: Damnit!

Edward runs to see him, and Jeremy managed to hold on to some rocks and not fall into the Cliff.

   Jeremy The Lucky: C'mon! Grab me!

   Edward: Well...

   Jeremy The Lucky: No! You.....

Edward looks to the Poster.

   Edward: Well I don't need to have you alive.

   Jeremy The Lucky: C'mon! Get me out of here!

Edward looks to him.

   Edward: Gimme you hand.

Edward helps Jeremy and handcuff him.

   Edward: C'mon, don't try anything stupid.

Edward puts him on Texas and rides back to the Town.

   Jeremy The Lucky: Who are you? A Bounty Hunter? That rides a Horse?

   Edward: Less questions Jeremy... Less questions.

   Jeremy The Lucky: I don't know what are you but, I'm going to manage to get out of the prison! I'm telling you!

   Edward: Ok, ok. My job here is just to put you in there, if you scape from there or whatever, it's not my problem.

   Jeremy The Lucky: Damnit.

Edward gets in the town and gets off Texas.

   Edward: Let's go Jeremy.

   Jeremy The Lucky: What choice do I have.

Edward takes him off Texas and goes with him to the Police Department.

   Edward: Officers, look what we have here.

   Police Officer: Where and how did you find him?

   Edward: It was easier than you can imagine.

   Police Officer: Anyway, C'mon Jeremy, you are not going to be so lucky this time.

   Jeremy The Lucky: Let's see Officer... Let's see.

Other Policeman goes to Edward and gives him the payment.

   Policeman: Good job. I thought that these Posters didn't work anymore.

   Edward: Well, it worked this time.

Says Edward smiling. Edward goes back to Texas and rides back to the Camp. There, he goes talk to Hoff and Waltz.

   Edward: Hoff, Waltz!

   Hoff: Edward.

   Edward: The Reward for Jeremy The Lucky.

   Hoff: Good.

   Waltz: Impressive Edward.... Here, that's your part.

   Edward: All right, I'm going after the others.

Edward walks around the Camp and Lynn calls him to the Lunch with the others.

   Lynn: C'mon Edward! Here!

   Edward: I'm going!

Edward sits next to Lynn on the wood chairs around a Bonfire.

   Mary: So Edward, where have you been?

   Edward: I was going after Jeremy The Lucky.

   Laura: And who this is?

   Edward: A Criminal. There was a reward for him and I got it.

   David: Good job Edward. Are you going after more Criminals?

   Edward: Maybe. Not tonight for sure.

   Elizabeth: Do you want a Drink Edward?

   Edward: No, not today Elizabeth.

Says Edward laughing.

When they all had Lunch, they go to their Tents. Don, Michael and George goes out to do something. After few minutes they come back with a man called Damian, who is one of the Greenwalds , part of the rival Gang, Don takes him to another place in the Camp.

Edward goes to his Tent and rests for a while. He takes a nap and wakes up around 3 hours later, he stands up and sees everyone preparing the Camp for the little party that Don said to Edward in the other day, Lynn is wearing her Brown dress, and she's really excited for the party.

   Edward: So, you all are already preparing for the party?

   Lynn: Yes! Aren't you excited?

   Edward: Not gonna lie, I am.

They both laughs.

After an hour they start the party. Pearson has prepared the food and he put it on wood tables in the middle of the Camp, Don is smoking his sigar and talking with Hoff, Arthur and Waltz. The Girls are listening to the Radio on one of the tables, Edward is with Louis, George, Carlo and David, John is with Charlie his wife and Damian is with Pearson. Edward goes talk to Jessie, the most recent member of the Gang.

   Edward: Hey Miss Cowen, how are you?

   Jessie: I'm good. For sure I'm better than 3 days ago.

Says her Laughing.

   Edward: Thankfully. I'm sorry for what happened before in Vermont.

   Jessie: Thank you for that. The ones who did that is going to pay.

   Edward: Yes, Don probably knows what to do with the Greenwalds after what happened. But, just reminding you, we are here to help you from now on.

   Jessie: Thank you Mister Edward.

Says her Smiling.

   Edward: Your welcome Miss.

The party goes on for more one hour and it gets more exciting, the people of the Gang start to dance and sing, some of them are playing some instrument and having fun. John is Dancing with Charlie, Don with Clarice, Hoff and Waltz are talking, George is dancing with Mary and Louis with Laura, Elizabeth is drinking and singing with David, Kurt is eating with Carlo and Michael is sitting on a chair singing and drinking too. Arthur, Lynn and Abigail are talking with Jessie, and Edward is talking with Pearson.

   Edward: So Mister Pearson, the food is really good! Is Good to have you back.

   Pearson: Yep, I can't even think what you guys would do for food without me.

Says Pearson Laughing.

Edward goes to talk to Arthur, but when he was going Lynn takes his hand.

   Lynn: C'mon Edward let's dance!

   Edward: Ow, wait Lynn! I don't know how to dance.

Says Edward a little embarrassed.

   Lynn: No problem! Just following what I do!

Edward goes with her and he actually could dance with her, of course, not the best dancing but, he could do it.

   Lynn: Look! You are dancing!

   Edward: Well... It could be worse...

Lynn jokes with Edward and pushes him backwards going to the back of the Camp on the Cliff sight.

   Edward: Ouch!

   Lynn: Look... Look at the sky... All those..

   Edward: Stars. Always at night, when it's able to see the stars and the galaxy, I stay wondering it. All of them.

   Lynn: Yeah... Me too.

They two lie down on the Grass and stay wondering the beautiful sight of the Night Sky, the Full Moon Shinning and Illuminating all of Massachusetts. The wind hitting their faces, and the Stars above, made the Night much better than the normal. Lynn, looks at her left side and stares Edward with a light smile, Edward still enjoying the beautiful Sky present in that Night, when she decides to tell Edward something.

   Lynn: Edward.

   Edward: The Sky is really beautiful.

   Lynn: No, I... I need to tell you something.

Edward looks at her.

   Edward: Go ahead.

   Lynn: My condition is..

   Don: C'mon Everybody! C'mon! Let's open some Gifts!

Don says it out loud interrupting Lynn.

   Edward: Well, it looks like he's calling us too.

   Lynn: A... Yes, Let's go!

Lynn and Edward stands up and goes back.

   Don: Here everyone! This is a Gift that was Bought for all of us, all right!? So this is for the Team, the Family, the Gang! That is....

Don opens the Gift.

   Michael: Money! More money!

   Don: Yes, that's why it's for all the Gang. So, this Money is going to be used to improve the Camp, our Tents, radio, vinyls, and all that stuff. So, Tears!

All the others says Tears.

   Don: Ok we had enough fun, I'm going to my Tent.

   Hoff: I'm going to mine too.

   Waltz: I'm going to finish some work there.

Some members goes to their Tents, and some others stayed outside. They kept talking and drinking until midnight, after that they all slept.

In the other day, at the morning, Edward wakes up, he hears Don, George, Louis and Michael talking to someone, or better, interrogating someone, Edward stands up, drinks a cup of water, pass it on his face, fixes his hair and go see what's happening. Don, George and Louis are at the Tree near the Cliff in the Camp, when Edward goes there he sees the four of them and Damian tied to the Tree. Damian who was captured in the last afternoon.

   George: C'mon! Just say where they are and this all is done!

   Michael: It's almost done here.

   Done: Last time Damian. Where are the Greenwalds!?

   Damian: I can't say it!

   Don: Let's go Michael cut his balls off.

   Louis: Merde!

   Michael: Let's go!

Michael is holding a Big pliers and walking in Damian's direction. Arthur comes there and stays next to Edward.

   Arthur: What is happening?!

   Edward: I just don't want to see it...

Damian starts to cry and tells them about the Greenwalds.

   Damian: OK! OK! I'M TELLING YOU! Just... Don't do this...

   Don: Stop Michael.

   Michael: Ah! Dammit.

Edward and Arthur talks to them.

   Arthur: What is going on here Don?!

   Don: Oh, Good Morning Arthur and Edward, this Son of a Bitch here is Damian, he WAS a Greenwald, but now he decided to tell us where they all are.

   Edward: For sure he decided that.

   George: Where are they?!

   Damian: They are! They are... They are not far from here..

   Don: So where are THEY?!

   Damian: They are Camping at a Wood House between Russel and Blandford! It's not even a Mile away.

   Don: Good! Now imagine "What if you told us that when we first asked you?". You wouldn't be with all this injuries now!

   Damian: Please don't kill me!

   Don: Kill you? No! At least not now. You are going to guide us to the Greenwalds.

Don goes to his horse and the others as well.

   Don: Now, George, get Damian off that Tree and take him on your Horse, Arthur, Edward, Louis and Michael you come with us too. Prepare yourselves.

While going to their Horses Edward talks to Louis.

   Edward: Was Don really sending Michael to castrate him?

   Louis: I don't know, I don't doubt Michael doing this but, Don is.... Let's just go.

They get on their Horses and go to the Greenwalds Camp.

   Don: C'mon Damian guide us!

   Damian: Ok! Ok! We are in the right way!

   George: Good.

They go in the forest where the Wood House and the Greenwalds Camp are, They stop their Horses and George take Damian off of his Horse, they crouch behind fallen Tree trunk and watch the Camp. There's a descent that leads to the Camp, at the beginning of it there's two Greenwalds talking.

   Don: There are the Son of a Bitches. Ok, Damian, this is just their Camp, is Mister Greenwald in there?

   Damian: No, no, he's not there. But there's part of the Gang.

   Michael: What about that house? What's in there?

   Damian: I think that there is something of us there.

   George: Like what? The location of Mister Greenwald?

   Damian: I'm not sure.

   Louis: Let's go there and see what this brings to us.

   Don: You're right Frenchie, let's go there. C'mon, Arthur and Edward take down these two right in front of us, and we go further ahead to attack the others.

   Arthur: All right Don.

Arthur and Edward jumps the Tree trunk, they go carefully behind the two Greenwalds and knock both of them down, Arthur makes a signal to the others to go ahead.

   Arthur: Edward, go to the right and stay behind that Tree, I'm going to be on your side, the others are staying on the left.

   Edward: Understood.

Edward goes to the Tree on the right, Arthur follows him staying on his side, the others stayed on the left side. Don looks at Edward and says carefully to not warn the Greenwalds.

   Don: Edward, you can start, whenever you want.

Edward looks around, and he runs to the Camp kicking one of the Greenwalds, everyone in the Camp keep their attention to Edward while Don, Arthur, Louis, George and Michael goes shooting the Greenwalds. Some Greenwalds goes out of the Wood House shooting, Edward runs back and takes cover behind a Tree, Arthur and the others takes cover behind some Trees too. After a few more seconds all the Greenwalds there were defeated.

   Don: All right, I think that's all.

   Arthur: Yeah, it seems like.

   Don: Everyone go look around here, see inside the Tents if there's something useful, Edward and Arthur go see what's inside the House.

   Edward: Let's go.

Edward goes to the door, when he puts his hand on the Door handle to open it, a Greenwald member who was staying inside the house kicks the door pointing his Gun to and pushing Edward who fell on the ground.

   Edward: Shit!

   Greenwald Member: You Son of a Bitch!

    Arthur: Here Mister!

Arthur shoots him in the head.

   Edward: Oh my God! Thank you Arthur.

Arthur grabs Edward and stands him up.

   Edward: Man! I almost lost my head here.

   Arthur: Fortunately I was here.

Says Arthur smiling.

They both go inside the House. Inside it there was a letter that Arthur takes it, in the end of the house there's a fireplace and above it on the wall there's a Shotgun nailed on it. Edward sees it and goes check it.

   Edward: Look at that here.

   Arthur: Are you taking it?

   Edward: Yeah, I think I am.

Edward picks the Shotgun and they go outside to their Horses.

   Don: So... What was in there?

   Arthur: This letter.

   Don: Give it to me. Let's go back to our Camp now.

They get on their Horses, Edward keeps the Shotgun on Texas Saddle, and they go back to the Camp. In the Camp there's Hoff and Waltz waiting for them.

   Hoff: What happened there?

   Don: We won the Fight.

   Waltz: And What did you find there?

They get off their Horses.

   Don: Just some Greenwalds, a Wood House, and inside it, this Letter.

   Hoff: Let's see what's written on it inside the Table Tent.

Don, Arthur, Hoff, Edward and Waltz goes inside the Table Tent to see what's written on the letter.

   Don: Let's see what's on it.

   Letter: " This Letter is for all the Greenwalds, our Gang is having a great relationship with the White's Family, who has a Manor in Maryland, their rivals are the Ashley's Family, so, our allies are the White's. We never thought that the White's would accept a alliance between us, even that it's a small alliance, it's a step forward to a powerful Gang that the Greenwalds can be. However, the message of this letter is that, the Greenwalds are moving to the State of Delaware, and with this, we can also spread our Gang to new people join us, so, if you don't know where we are, this is the place.

                             Donald Greenwald."

   Don: The Son of a Bitches are going to, or are already, in Delaware.

   Hoff: At least they will not annoy us for a while.

   Arthur: I'm not so sure, since we have one of them with us.

   Waltz: Do you think they'll miss him?

   Arthur: I Don't know... Maybe?

   Don: Well independent of what is going to happen, we'll be prepared for it.

   Edward: Just a question! Who is Donald? I forgot who's this.

   Hoff: Mister Greenwald's Lapdog.

   Don: He is like his Right-Hand Man, you know?

   Edward: Yeah, I think I already remember this guy.

   Don: Ok, Everybody, you are free to go, our next step is the Southampton Bank Robbery, so get prepared for the day.

All of they go out of the Table Tent. When Edward goes to his Tent, Charlie appears to talk with him.

   Charlie: Edward! Hey! Ummm, you know little Jimmy right there.

   Edward: Yes! Your son. What happening?

   Charlie: Well, he's a little bored, and, John told me that yo

u have always a good mood and, I was thinking of you and the Girl, Lynn, go out with him, just to play with him and, make him see a different place.

   Edward: Yes! Of course! Although that part of my mood is a Lie!

They laugh.

   Edward: Of course I can do this!

   Charlie: Oh Thank you Edward.

   Edward: You are Welcome.

Lynn is already talking with Jimmy at Charlie's and John's Tent.

   Edward: Hey Jimmy!

   Lynn: Look who came!

   Jimmy: Hey Edward!

   Edward: Do you want to go on Texas with me and play for a while at the river?

   Jimmy: Let's go!

   Edward: C'mon Lynn, carry him on your lap.

   Lynn: C'mon little Jimmy!

Lynn takes Jimmy on her Lap to Texas, Edward gets on up on Texas and helps her to get on Texas too.

   Edward: All right, Hold on back there!

Edward rides Texas to the River where him, Hoff and Arthur went back in the Last Hunting. Getting there they get off Texas and goes play at the River. Edward looks to the ground and he sees that there's no more Footprints or eaten fishes or even Bear feces.

   Edward: Thank God.

   Lynn: What Edward?

   Edward: Oh! Nothing! I'm going to pick the Fishing Rod!

   Lynn: Ok!

Edward picks the Fishing Rod and he teaches how to Fish for Jimmy and Lynn, they were having fun but, suddenly 3 Men appeared at the river, they came in a big car and wearing Black Suits and Hats, they are Detectives of the Government who work with the Cops in general, but their job is different between the actual Cops from the Police Departments of the Cities. These Men, are called the Lincolns, a derivative Group of the USA Government, who do the "Dirty Work" sometimes. They find out that Edward or someone else could be at that river and they went there to check if there is something wrong. The one who's going to talk to Edward is Called Alexander Park.

   Alexander: Well Well. What do we have here?

   Lynn: What's that?

   Edward: Lynn stay behind me.

   Alexander: Mister Levinson.

   Lynn: Do you know him?

   Edward: Just keep Jimmy protected behind you.

Edward looks to Alexander Park.

   Edward: How do you know my name?... Mister... Mister Lincoln?

   Alexander: In the same way that you know mine Levinson.

   Edward: Can I help you Mister?

   Alexander: Well, I was just passing here with my partners and I decided to see if it's everything ok here.

   Edward: Then, it is. It's just me, her and the little boy having a time together.

   Alexander: Is this boy your son or something?

   Lynn: No! We are just taking care of him.

   Edward: Yeah, he is a son of one of our friends.

   Alexander: Talking about this..

The both men behind Alexander Park drew their Guns, while Alexander gets approaches Edward.

   Alexander: Talking about your "Friends" Mister Levinson, Ummm, who are they?

   Edward: Ummm....

   Alexander: No need to answer. I know who are they actually. And I know who is your Leader, ok? And you all should know that, this Country has Laws since the beginning of the Century, but it seems like you are stuck in the 1890s. We are patrolling this area and... If we see something happening, we are going to act, ok?

   Edward: I don't know what are you talking about.

Alexander turns back and walks to his car, the other men follows him.

   Alexander: Interesting. But... The message was passed. Have a good afternoon Mister Levinson, Lady and little Boy.... And of course! Don't get in any Trouble Levinson, you are safe for now.

The Lincolns get in their car and they go away. Edward looks behind to Lynn and Jimmy.

   Edward: Ok, we had our fun let's go back to the Camp.

   Jimmy: What happened Mister Levinson?

   Lynn: Nothing more than adult stuff Jimmy.

   Edward: Let's go, get on Texas.

They go back to the Camp with some fish with them, but Edward has to tell the members of the Gang about what happened. He goes to Don tell him about the Lincolns.

   Edward: Don! We need to talk.

   Don: What happened?

   Edward: The Lincolns. They are here.

   Don: What?!

Others who were passing there stoped to listen to Edward.

   Charlie: Hey son! How was your time with them?

Charlie takes her son Jimmy to her Tent.

   Hoff: What happened Edward?

   Edward: The Lincolns are here Patrolling the area.

   Don: What?! Where did you find them? Did you talk to them?

   Edward: Lynn saw them too, we saw them at the river.

   Don: Did you talk to them?!

   Edward: Yes, but, I told them nothing more than the Truth.

   Don: Oh my Goddamn Lord!

   Edward: Wait! They asked me about the Gang and I answered that I didn't know what they were talking about.

Don looks at Edward with a more calm face.

    Don: Ok... Ok...

   Edward: But they told me that, they know the Gang, and probably who we are, especially you Don.

   Don: ****!

   Waltz: Wait Don, they must know a lot of Gangs.

   Hoff: Especially the Greenwalds, they are worse than us.

   Don: But this could be avoided, couldn't it?

   Edward: Don, I think that we need to act more carefully. They also probably know who are me and what I did being part of the Gang, If we let any Breach pass probably not just me but most of us are going to Jail. And you know that I came here to clean my past.

   Don: Act more Carefully? No! I didn't knew it!

Says Don in a Sarcastic way.

  Don: I know that we are doing this Robbery even with the Lincolns on our back! Ok!?

Don walks to his Tent.

    Arthur: Edward, don't be upset about Don, he takes his time, but thank you for telling us about this.

   Edward: No Problem. And thanks too.

Edward goes to his Tent.

In the other day after Edward woke up, in the morning he is deciding what to do next. The Southampton Bank Robbery is going to be in the next day and John, Arthur and Michael already got the escape vehicle and there's just one more thing to do before the Robbery. Edward decided to go after the other Criminal from the Posters that Hoff and Waltz gave to him. The Criminal is a Woman, around her late 50s, her name is Margaret The Luxurious, she's called like that because of her clothes, with the money of her crimes she bought the best clothes to her and the way she dresses is unique. Edward gets up on Texas and goes in direction of Margaret The Luxurious, she is in the South of Massachusetts in a Wood Hut far from the nearest big city. After a few minutes Edward approaches her Wood Hunt in the South of the State. He looks to the Poster and walks to the stairs that leads to the Hut's Door. He knocks on the door.

   Edward: Hello! Miss Margaret. Are you in there?

Edward hears steps coming from inside to the Door, so, he goes steps back. Margaret The Luxurious opens the Door pointing her Rifle to Edward.

   Margaret: Who are you? Are you a Bounty Hunter?

   Edward: It depends of the Perspective Miss. I'm someone who wants to talk with you about a Poster that I saw.

She looks at him with an Angry face, and Edward tries to calm down the Situation.

   Edward: But Wait. You are with the Rifle pointed to my head. I can't even pick whatever I have to defend myself, because, my head would Explode right here. So let's discuss this?

   Margaret: I don't want to discuss ANYTHING with you! So, if you don't turn back and get up on that Horse, what you said it's exactly what is going to happen!

   Edwards: Ok, ok. I'm going.

When Edward goes to turn back, The Greenwalds appears to Kill Margaret The Luxurious that apparently has a conflict with the Greenwalds Gang.

   Margaret: Shit! Get down Now!

They take cover behind the fences of the Hut.

   Edward: The Greenwalds!

   Margaret: I hate those men! After I bored their Leader, they don't stop to Follow me!

   Edward: So... You have issues with the Greenwalds?

   Margaret: Yes I do.

   Edward: Then We got something in common.

Edward picks his Pistol and starts to shoot the Greenwalds.

   Edward: Let's make a deal Luxurious!?

   Margaret: Go ahead.

Says them while shooting and defending their selves from the Greenwalds.

   Edward: We need to kill them, so, If you help me here with this I can forget that Poster in my Bag. Deal?

Margaret The Luxurious looks at him.

   Margaret: Well. Deal!

They continue shooting the Greenwalds. They Won the fight, Edward goes to Texas with Margaret by his side.

   Margaret: Thank you, Mister?

   Edward: Edward.

   Margaret: Thank you Mister Edward, you did a great job here.

   Edward: Nothing more than what I, unfortunately, often do.

   Margaret: Judging by all that I saw, I guess you are not a Bounty Hunter, aren't you?

   Edward: No. I not much different from you. But, now in my life, I'm trying to fix things in my life.

   Margaret: That's why you came here  looking for me?

   Edward: Yeah. Basically. But now I think I'm not bothering you anymore.

   Margaret: Before you go! Just one more Thing. Can you see that deer right behind you?

   Edward: Ummm, Yes.

   Margaret: Take a picture of me.

She gives Edward a Brand New Camera and goes to the Deer's body and pose for the Picture.

    Edward: Ok, so. Just a second...

Edward takes the picture.

   Margaret: Good! I was Hunting right before you showed up and I want to remember this Moment.

   Edward: Ok, so, your Camera.

   Margaret: You can stay with it.

   Edward: What? Wasn't it... Yours?

   Margaret: No, I bought it but I don't know how to take pictures.

   Edward: But it's a Brand New Camera.

   Margaret: I'm not going to miss it. Trust me.

   Edward: Ok then. Well Miss, I'm going.

   Margaret: Again, thanks for your help here.

   Edward: Your Welcome Miss.

Edward goes back to the Camp. Getting in there Edward goes to Hoff and Waltz and give them back the Poster.

   Hoff: So. How it was?

   Edward: I... I found her. But... She is a Greenwald's enemy. And they appeared there.

   Waltz: HA! That's funny. I knew that something would go like that.

   Edward: Yeah. We beat them but, I let her Go, because she didn't kill me either.

   Hoff: Ok Edward. At least you were sincere.

   Waltz: But being sincere not necessarily brings us Money, right Hoff?

   Hoff: You can go Edward.

   Edward: Ok... I'm going after Mister Marshall ok.

   Waltz: So please! Bring him to us, ok?

   Edward: Ok Waltz, I'll do this, you are always so Kind, you know that right?

   Waltz: HAHA! Funny.

Edward goes back to Texas, and Lynn stops him.

   Lynn: Good Morning Edward!

   Edward: Oh! Good morning Lynn.

   Lynn: Where are you going?

   Edward: I'm going after Mister Marshall, an ex-member of the Team here.

   Lynn: Well. I want to talk with you later, ok?

   Edward: Ok. When I'm back, I'll talk with you.

Edward gets on Texas and rides to the Trains Tracks. After a few minutes he gets there. Getting in there, he sees a little Station where the Men who works with the Trains pass the time. Edward stops Texas next to the Station and walks to it, he knocks on the door that is already open and he enters the Station. The workers were playing cards there sitting around a table that is inside the Station.

   Edward: Good Morning, I mean, Afternoon, Misters. I want to know if you guys know a Man Called Bill Marshall? He's a Reverend. Can you guys help me with this?

   Worker: Yeah. You are talking about the Preacher right? Yeah, the Church were he works is near here.

    Edward: Oh! Good, can you say to me where he is right now?

   Worker: Haha! I saw him drinking like a crazy Man here in the Train Tracks.

   Edward: Shit... Thank you so much. Have a good afternoon Misters.

Edward goes outside to find Reverend Marshall. He goes to the Train Tracks and there he is, Reverend Marshall with a Bottle of Alcohol in his hand, walking and talking with himself.

   Edward: Mister Marshall!

   Reverend Marshall: What?! What?! Who are you? Edward? Edwards? One, Two, Three, Four....

Edward: Oh God, you are really drunk.

Edward runs to him, but Marshall gets scared and run away from Edward.

   Reverend Marshall: NO! You are not Edward! You are a disguise! Edward is not even with The Gang Anymore!

   Edward: Oh, you gota be kidding me.

Edward starts to run faster.

   Edward: Come back here Mister Marshall!

   Reverend Marshall: No! Get away!

   Edward: Marshall! There's a Train COMING!

The Train is coming in the direction of Reverend Marshall who is running without any fear. He's running and going ahead onto the Bridge where the Train is coming.

   Edward: Shit! Shit! Shit! Marshall!!

   Reverend Marshall: Stey Avay vrom Mee EdwArrd!

   Edward: Oh God! He's crazy!

Edward runs as fast as he can, and finally catches Reverend Marshall pushing him to the side of the Bridge where they would be not dead by the Train.

   Reverend Marshall: Get your hands off of me! Now! You Impostor!

   Edward: It's me, Edward!

   Reverend Marshall: I don't trust you!

   Edward: C'mon let's go, The Gang is calling you back.

   Reverend Marshall: No!

Reverend Marshall punches Edward and runs again away from him.

   Edward: Oh... Here we go.

Edward runs after him, but Reverend Marshall is getting more exhausted and Edward catches him again, Edward puts him on his shoulder and goes to Texas. When Edward put Reverend Marshall on Texas he noticed that Marshall fell asleep.

   Edward: Oh God Mister Marshall.

Edward goes back to the Camp with Reverend Marshall. Edward takes him off of Texas and puts him on the ground, Reverend Marshall is a little confused about what happened and he is really sleepy.

   Hoff: Look who there is.

   Waltz: So you are alive Marshall.

   Don: Or, Reverend Marshall.

   Reverend Marshall: Yeah.... That's right, Reverend, I'm a Preacher now...

   Waltz: Let's put him in one Tent, let's go.

   Don: Where was him Edward?

   Edward: At the Little workers Station next to the Train Tracks.

   Hoff: Good Job Edward.

   Edward: Thank you Hoff.

Edward goes to his Tent, Don follows him and talks to him.

   Don: Edward. Here listen, you, Arthur, Brad, Carlo, Kurt and Louis are going to Southampton to prepare the city to our Robbery, ok?

   Edward: Ok, what we gonna do there?

   Don: You all are doing this, install the bombs in the city.

   Edward: Bombs?

   Don: Yes! For our escape, smoke bombs, but, the good ones. Good enough to make the entire street and the around go foggy and we have the chance to escape as Quickly as possible.

   Edward: Understood. Are we going now?

   Don: The sooner The Better. Probably Arthur is already with the others waiting for you.

   Edward: Ok I'm going.

Edward stands up and goes see the others going with him. Arthur was actually preparing everyone and picking the Smoke Bombs.

   Louis: Here Edward!

   Arthur: C'mon Edward!

Edward goes to them.

   Edward: Are we already going?

   Carlo: Si Amigo, we are going now.

   Arthur: C'mon everyone, let's go.

They get on their Horses and rides to Southampton. Getting there they stop their Horses at the beginning of the city, and they walk to the City's Bank, they kept the Bombs hidden inside their bags to pass through the city without any worry. They arrived at the Bank, Kurt, Carlo and Louis goes to put their Bombs on the Buildings next to the Bank on one side of the street, Arthur, Edward and Brad goes to the other side of the street put the other Bombs.

   Arthur: Listen, Carlo, Kurt and Louis are going to that Building, let's go on this one and prepare the Bombs, just go up on the Ladder.

They go up on the roof of the Building and prepare the Bombs.

   Brad: Edward!

   Edward: Hey!

   Brad: Man, we need to hang out soon.

   Edward: Where do you want to go?

   Brad: Maybe just to have a drink, a Bar.

   Edward: Well, if this Robbery goes well, we can go here in the Bar of the city and have some fun there.

   Brad: That's sounds good.

   Arthur: Did you put the Bombs?

   Edward: Wait... Done.

   Brad: Me either.

   Arthur: So, Let's get out of here before someone sees us.

They go down the Building and the others already put the Bombs too.

   Carlo: We are done.

   Arthur: Us too. Let's go back to the Camp.

They go back to the Camp.

   Don: So? Everything good?

   Arthur: Yeas Don. Everything good. The city was calm and the Bombs are placed. It's ready for Tomorrow.

   Don: Good. Now it's warned, The Robbery is Tomorrow! So, prepare yourselves.

Edward goes to his Tent, now to rest and keep his forces to Tomorrow. Lynn comes to his Tent to see him.

   Lynn: Were you busy today?

   Edward: Hey Lynn! Yes, Kinda.

   Lynn: What did you do today?

Lynn sits on the chair.

   Edward: Well, I went to the South of the State to find a Criminal Called Margaret The Luxurious. But I ended up helping her.

   Lynn: You helped her?

   Edward: Yes, she almost killed me, but I talked to her and then the Greenwalds appeared, she is an enemy of them. So to not die I helped her.

   Lynn: And what more?

   Edward: I brought Mister Marshall back to the Camp, I don't know if you saw him.

   Lynn: The Drunk Reverend?

   Edward: Yes.

   Lynn: Yeah I saw him.

Says her Laughing.

She looks at Edward.

   Lynn: My parents. O know exactly where they are.

   Edward: Well that's good. Are they actually here in Massachusetts?

   Lynn: No. They are in Maryland.

   Edward: So there's their Manor.

   Lynn: Yes.

   Edward: Well we were actually going to Maryland so... How did you know that? You got contact with someone?

   Lynn: So, that's a little complicated.

   Edward: So I don't wanna know. I need to rest for a while now.

Says Edward laughing.

Lynn stands up and goes to her Tent.

In the Other day Morning. Edward is putting the Robbery Clothes.

   Lynn: Edward!

   Edward: Lynn!

   Lynn: I know that what you are doing is really wrong but... Good luck on that.

   Edward: I swear, if there was another option to help you. I would do it. And... Thank you.

   Lynn: Don't do anything stupid. I mean. You are doing to do one right now so.

   Edward: We are not going to hurt anyone. I promise.

   Lynn: At least this.

The rest of the Gang who's going to be in the Robbery is also preparing their selves. Don is waiting next to the Robbery Vehicle the others. Edward, Arthur, Carlo, Kurt, Louis, George, David and Brad are ready to go. They go to Don and they hear his orders. Don looks to all of them and do his speech.

   Don: All right. You all are here. Reminding the Plan. Arthur, Edward, Carlo, Michael, George and Me are going inside the Bank do our job taking the Money, David and Brad are going to be on the left side of the Street on the roof Waiting we get out of the Bank to explode the Bombs, Louis and Kurt has the same role, but, you two are going to be exploding the Bombs at the right side on the other Building. When we get out of the Bank with the Money in hour hands and get inside the Car, that's the moment when David and Brad explode the left Bombs and Kurt and Louis explode the right Bombs. When you explode the Bombs you have to go down the Building as fast as you can possibly go and go right ahead to inside the Escape Vehicle. After that, I'll drive to a safe place, we are going to be in that place until the Cops are not patrolling anymore, especially The Lincolns, those Son of a Bitches are here, SO! ALL OF YOU! Be careful, ok? Questions? Any questions?...

No one responds.

   Don: All right then. Oh! And of course. Arthur and Edward, you come with me inside the Bank and to pick up the Money ok?

   Arthur: That's right.

   Edward: Ok.

   Don: Let's go. Get in this Van.

All of them get in the Van.

   David: It's tight in here.

   Don: Get used to it David.

   Michael: Don, Is this thing fast enough to escape from the Cops? Or, The Lincolns?

   Don: It doesn't look like, and that's the reason why I chose this kind of Vehicle. But Yes. It is fast, it's a V8 Engine. It is strong enough to runaway from the Cops and hide from them too.

Hoff goes to the Van Window.

   Hoff: Don't make anything stupid Don. And this is for this others too.

   Don: Relax Old Man. We'll win this one.

Don drives to Southampton.

   Don: Everyone is with your Masks right?!

Everyone says yes.

   Arthur: Looks like everyone is ready Don.

   Don: So, let's go now. Now is the Time! Let's go!

Don gets out of the Van, Edward, Arthur, Carlo, Michael and George follows him. David, Brad, Kurt and Louis goes to their positions. The others going inside put their Masks on and they start the Robbery. Don is the One who starts announcing the Assault, inside the Bank there's just a few people besides the Employees and the Guards who Michael, George and Carlo quickly knocked down and pressure the people around, Don goes to the Bank Safe and aggressively says to one Employee to open it while Edward and Arthur wait. The Employee opens the Bank Safe Don pushes him to the ground and says to him stay there, Don call Edward and Arthur to go inside the Bank Safe, they go there, Don and Arthur starts to take the money, Edward stays in front of the Safe Door covering them.

   Edward: It's better to hurry up Guys!

   Don: C'mon, Get in here and Help us!

Edward goes inside the Bank Safe and helps them take the money.

   Edward: All right.

   Arthur: Ok Don, that's all. Let's get the hell out of here.

   Don: Yeah, let's keep moving.

The three goes out of the Bank Safe, Michael, George and Carlo slowly move away from the people, going in the direction of Don. Don says to them that it's time to go out. They go out of the Bank but, the cops were already there waiting them on the street, Don stops at the Bank stairs and says to the others behind him.

   Don: Now it's just wait for the...

David and Brad explode their Smoke Bombs, at the exact moment Kurt and Louis explode their Bombs.

   Don: Follow me!

Everyone follows Don. David, Brad, Kurt and Louis goes down the Buildings. The street is completely Foggy, Don goes to the Van, Arthur, Edward, Carlo, Michael and George goes to inside the Van either.

   Don: Where are they?!

   Carlo: They are coming Don.

The rest goes in the Van.

   Don: Finally! Let's get out of here.

Don starts to drive slowly and keeping the headlights off. The Cops are confused, they turn on their Flashlights but it doesn't help them so much, Don could get out of the street without getting caught, they drive fast in the direction out of the City. Inside the Van, Michael screams celebrating their success.

   Don: Well. That's what I call a Good Robbery.

   Arthur: It was way easier than I thought.

   Carlo: That's strange.

   George: Let's celebrate Guys. We went without any harm there!

   Edward: Don, I know that you know but... Just reminding, The Lincolns are somewhere near here.

   Don: I know Edward... I know. We went really well this time so, THIS is for everyone inside this Van, let's keep our emotions within us. The Lincolns are around there, so, George, Louis, David, MICHAEL, stay on your own, ok?

They go to the road.

   Arthur: I know that... This wasn't the most Prepared City for a Robbery like what we just did but, it is still strange that we passed so easily this time.

   Don: I understand you Arthur, but, now it's in another thing that we need to focus. The Bombs plan was actually good, better than what I expected. Maybe we'll try this more times. Now we gotta go to somewhere safe to hide from the authorities, let's go into these Trees here on the side of the road and stay for just one night.

Don drives into the Trees on the side of the road. He stops the Van keeping the Bags with the Money inside.

   Don: That's it Boys. We will pass the Evening here. So, try to find a good place to sleep and, enjoy.

Michael grabs one of the Money Bags.

   Michael: Don't look at the Money Bags George! This is going to be MY pillow!

   George: C'mon!

   Carlo: This Bag is mine too!

   George: C'mon Carlo! Amigo, let's divide this!?

   Carlo: No, and, don't come with that "Amigo" against me.

   George: Damnit. Where you gonna sleep Arthur?

   Arthur: I would sleep here in the front sits, but, Don it's not going to like it, aren't you Don?

   Don: You're Goddamn Right Arthur.

   Edward: I'm sleeping outside.

   David: Where?

   Edward: I don't know... Maybe find something to make as a Pillow since Michael and Carlo has their own.

   Michael: Yeah! That's right! This is MY pillow!

   Brad: All right, everyone got it.

   Michael: Shut Up Brad.

Brad laughs.

   Edward: Ok, I'm going out.

   Arthur: Me too.

Edward and Arthur goes out of the Van.

   David: What choice do I have, I'm going too!... Are you staying here Kurt?

   Kurt: Yeah, I can sleep here even without something to put on my head.

   Louis: Wait! I'm going too.

   David: So let's go.

Don stay in the Van with Michael, Brad, Carlo, Kurt and George. Edward, Arthur, David and Louis goes outside to see what's around there in the place.

The time passes, they sleep there among the Trees, Edward and Arthur managed to find a way to sleep outside the Van, Don slept on the front sits of the Van, Michael and Carlo used the Money Bags as a Pillow, George, Brad and Kurt divided the space between them to sleep too. The night wasn't that good, Don was a little worried about The Lincolns, Edward took a while to sleep, Arthur fell asleep like a rock, David and Louis had some problems to sleep but they ended up having good dreams.

In the Morning, everyone is waking up, Don is already looking around seeing if it's safe to go back to the Camp, probably for the Last time.

   Don: Is Everyone up?

   Arthur: I assume that.. Yes.

   Edward: Are we ready to go Don?

   Don: The road seems to be safe. If we go, carefully and calmly, maybe we will get in the Camp without any trouble.

   David: Let's go then.

   Don: Yeah. Let's go.

They go inside the Van.

   David: C'mon, Wake up Michael!

   Michael: Wha... What?.... Are we going?!

   Carlo: Si Genius.

   Don: C'mon back there! Close the doors!

   Louis: Ok! Ok.

Don drives through the road in direction of the Camp, they didn't see any of The Lincolns in the way.

They get in the Camp, Don goes out of the Van and says to Kurt drive it to somewhere that no one can see it and destroy it, after all the others went out of the Van, Kurt goes to front sits and drives the Van.

   Don: All right, now, Carlo and Michael go hide this Money here in the Camp.

   Carlo: Ok Don.

Carlo and Michael goes to hide the Money. Don, Edward, Arthur, David, Louis and Brad goes to meet the others of the Camp.

   Hoff: So... You did it.

   Don: Yes Old Man. We did it, and MY Plan worked!

   Waltz: Yes, this is impressive.

Edward goes to his Tent to change his Clothes, after that he goes outside to see the others, but, the Mood Between them were not the best, Edward looks around and sees that the Girls Tent were damaged. Abigail is with a sad face, Karen is crying and the other Girls are really sad about something that happened.

   Edward: What happened here? Why is your Tent damaged?

   Hoff: Edward...

Edward looks around again.

   Edward: Where's Lynn?... Where's Lynn?! Abigail Where is Lynn!

   Abigail: I don't know how to begin...

   Hoff: Edward, we trust you, ok?

   Edward: Hoff, where is Lynn, and why this suspense?

   Hoff: She was Kidnapped.

   Edward: WHAT?! How! Who!?

   Hoff: Look with your own eyes.

Hoff points to the sight of the Cliff at the Camp, Edward turns back runs to there and he sees the View of Massachusetts, and also, The Birdman, with Lynn on his arms going to probably taking her back to the Tower in Silver Springs.

   Edward: No no no no. Shit!

Edward turns back and runs to Texas.

   Edward: Wait for me!

   Laura: What are you doing Edward?

   Edward: Going after her.

   Clarice: This is not a Good ideia Edward!

Edward gets on Texas.

   John: Edward! You saw that Thing?!

   Edward: Yes John, and that not the first time.

Abigail puts her hand on Edward legs.

   Abigail: Are you sure about it Edward?

   Edward: I gotta go.

Says Edward looking at her.

   Edward: Hurry Texas!

Edward Rides Texas as fast as he can to catch Lynn. While running down the Road he sees Lynn and The Birdman ahead, he takes his Lancaster and points to him, he tries to shoot him but he is afraid of the bullet catch Lynn instead of The Birdman.

   Edward: Damnit! Hurry Texas! Hurry!

The Birdman is actually wearing some kind of suit with wings that allows him to make jumps incredibly highs and almost fly. Edward points again the Lancaster to him, and with a lot of precision he shoots the Birdman's arm that is holding Lynn, she falls from his arms and Edward rides Texas in her direction catching her while Falling on his arms.

   Lynn: Ouch!

   Edward: Lynn are you ok!?

   Lynn: Besides the Fall... Thank you!

   Edward: Ok now... How can we escape from this Guy!?

   Lynn: Well, I think that..

   Edward: Quickly Lynn!

   Lynn: Wait! Let me think!

   Edward: It's because he's coming right now!

The Birdman turned back and Went in direction of they on Texas.

   Lynn: Water!

   Edward: What!? Are you thirsty now?!

   Lynn: No you Dumb! Find a way to throw water on Him!

   Edward: But Why would this..

   Lynn: JUST DO IT!

Edward looks at an old Water Tank.

   Edward: Hold on Lynn!

Edward turns Texas in the direction of the Water Tank also making The Birdman miss them, Texas jumps the Fences dividing the road from the Lawn and runs to the Water Tank, Edward points the Lancaster to the Water Tank shooting it and making it throw water away, The Birdman passes by the Water Tank but it wasn't enough to stop him, The Birdman just got a little angry with the water throwed on him.

   Lynn: It didn't work!

   Edward: Wait! I'm going to shoot it again.

Edward turns Texas back to the Water Tank almost getting catched by The Birdman, Edward points the Lancaster again to the Water Tank and shoots it, this last shot was enough to broke almost all the Water Tank, because it was really old, throwing a lot of water to the The Birdman. He falls on the Ground and his suit starts to want looks like to break, creating cracks in it. Edward stops Texas and looks at The Birdman.

   Lynn: What are you doing? Don't wait to him get us!

   Edward: Oh! Of course.

Edward turns Texas to the Road and rides back to the Camp.

   Lynn: Oh My God...

   Edward: Are you ok? Do you need something?

   Lynn: Just to relax...

They get in the Camp and they get off Texas. The Girls goes to see Lynn, and Don goes to Edward and grabs Edward's shirt.

   Don: What do you think you re doing?!

   Edward: I needed to save her!

   Don: Are you CRAZY Edward?!What did you put us in?! What about The....

Arthur separates Don from Edward.

   Arthur: Stop Don!

The Lincolns arrive at the Camp, Don put his hands off Edward and looks at them. Alexander Park is there too, after he saw Edward back in the River with Lynn and Jimmy, and he is with more three Partners.

   One of The Lincolns: What's going on here?

   Alexander: I'll take this one... We heard screams here, and some people told that they saw something strange. So, we come to see if there's anything bad happening.

   Don: No Mister, there's nothing to worry about.

   Alexander: Well, judging by the face of your Friend with the Moustache over there on your side, it doesn't look like there's "nothing to worry about".

   Don: Ooh! He's just having bad day, aren't you!?

Don Pokes with his Elbow Edward's arm.

   Edward: Yeah. It's ok.

   Alexander: Well. Mister Vindwood.

   Don: Shit...

   Alexander: Have you heard the last news?

   Don: Sorry Mister, but No, I haven't.

   Alexander: So, Southampton, a calm town, was really "agitated" last night. And... Just warning to be careful with your friends Camping around here.

   Don: Thank you Mister. I'll be Careful.

   Alexander: And also, we are going to have a look around in your Tents, ok?

   Don: No problem.

Says Don putting his hand next to his Gun hidden on his belt.

   Alexander: So, what happened in Southampton was that, yesterday some folks Assaulted the Bank of the Town near Midday, and they escaped from the Police using Smoke Bombs.

The other Lincolns goes searching their Tents.

   Edward: They are creative, aren't they.

   Alexander: Yeah, yeah. And they escaped using a Van.

Alexander looks to the Gang's Van.

   Hoff: Well, this is our Van. That's how we travel across the Country.

   Alexander: Is it?...

Don looks to Carlo and whispers to him.

   Don: Please, tell me that you and Michael Hid the money.

   Carlo: Si, si, we did.

   Don: It's better to the place where you hid be really good.

The Lincolns come back to the entrance of the Camp where their cars are. Alexander looks to the Horses of the Gang.

   Alexander: Do you like Horses Mister Vindwood?

   Don: Yes, all of us, we adore Horses.

   Alexander: Interesting, the criminals used just a Van.

Alexander turns back to the cars but, he sees Lynn with a little bleeding hand cut.

   Alexander: Is the Girl ok?

Everyone looks at Lynn, and she sees the Injury.

   Lynn: Yes! I just cut my hand with a kitchen knife.

Alexander looks at her doubting if it's true.

   Alexander: Oh! And I almost Forgot. Mister Vindwood, Don Vindwood, where were you yesterday?

   Don: Well Mister, here with all of them.

   Alexander: So, if you will visit the cities around here just know that, there are some bad people around here, and I'm talking about Gangs. And THEY HAVE TO KNOW THAT WE HAVE LAWS IN THIS COUNTRY! Since the beginning of the Century and they WILL NOT win this time. So, NO MORE GANGS WILL EXIST ANYMORE! AND if I discover something that compromise you, I'LL ARREST YOU ALL!... You. Are. Warned... We will be still patrolling the area, and taking to jail all the Thugs, Bandits, Criminals, whatever that pass in our way, so.....

They get in their cars.

   Alexander: Have a Good day.

The Lincolns drives their cars out of the Camp.

Don Turns back to the Gang.

   Don: What the HELL was that?!

   Hoff: Calm down Don. We are already going to another place.

   Don: Edward.... Arthur.... Just... LISTEN, all of you, prepare your things because we are moving to Maryland or Delaware tomorrow. Here, there are The Lincolns, the authorities searching for us and everything else, so it's more than the right time to change the Camp.

Don goes to his Tent and Clarice follows him. Arthur looks at Edward.

   Arthur: You did nothing wrong saving the Girl.

Edward looks at him smiling.

4 Hours later, Brad wants to talk to Edward, so, Edward goes to talk to him.

   Edward: Hey Brad.

   Brad: Edward, listen, we are not having a Good day so, let's try to make it better. What do you think?

   Edward: You say it so excited.

   Brad: C'mon! Before we go out of here, let's go to that bar in Southampton again and try to have some fun!

Edward looks at Lynn, who is talking with the other Girls, and looks back to Brad.

   Edward: Let's go, BUT, I'm not drinking so much, ok?

   Brad: Ah! C'mon Edward, let's go.

They get on their Horses and Rides to Southampton.

   Brad: What were you doing this time out?

   Edward: I became someone who accepts works from other people that gives me a reward for it.

   Brad: So you became a Mercenary.

   Edward: No! No, not like that.

   Brad: It's what it's sounds like.

   Edward: No, I don't go out killing people, I do a lot of things that are not Killing something.

   Brad: Like?

   Edward: I worked a lot as a... How can I say... Like a Detective you know?

   Brad: Wow, that's cool.

   Edward: So many people pay me to see if their Girlfriend or Boyfriend, Husband, Wife, whatever, is cheating on them.

   Brad: Well, I can understand those people. What more?

   Edward: It's really random, once, a Man said that he would pay me like 50 Thousand Dollars if I burned a Church for him.

   Brad: Why? Did you do this?!

   Edward: No! Of course I didn't do this. I think the Man's Wife was having something with the Priest, and he wanted to give him something in change.

   Brad: That's really bad.

   Edward: Yes. But... I didn't kill people but, I committed crimes, and I disappointed my Family.

   Brad: Why did you left us?

   Edward: I rather not talk about this.

   Brad: Ok, I understand you. What happened Next?

   Edward: Well, my Family has some problems, in a Financial aspect, we have a good life, we are not poor, but there's some debts. And with the money that I got with those works I could help them, but I didn't. I don't even know if they would accept my money, knowing what I do. I got really depressed, somethings happened, about my Love life, my personal life and I fell in depression.

   Brad: And that Happened in that past 5 years?

   Edward: Yep.

   Brad: Wow. But, what did you do?

   Edward: I spent almost all my money in not useless things and even on a Casino. And my money is running out.

   Brad: I assume that the Girl is your last work.

   Edward: You are right. My last work.

They arrive at the Bar stoping their Horses near there.

   Brad: Let's forget all this Edward, now it's the Time Man!

Says Brad Laughing, and Edward answers laughing either.

   Edward: Okay, Okay. But! I'm not going to drink so much.

   Brad: Ok, ok...

They go inside the Bar, the bar was significantly agitated. Brad goes right to the Bartender and Edward follows him.

   Brad: Hey Man, Two drinks please!

   Bartender: Wait a minute, you with the Moustache. Aren't you.

   Edward: Yeah, I'm the guy who order a water.

   Bartender: And?

   Edward: Was in the Fight that happened here.

   Bartender: Haha! Good. Just... Just keep your hands where I can see, ok Mister?!

   Edward: No problem.

The Bartender prepares their drinks.

   Brad: Well, you had some fun here didn't you?

   Edward: Not just me, George, Louis and Kurt too.

   Bartender: Here your drinks gentlemen.

   Brad: Thanks. Let's drink this together!

   Edward: Just reminding you I'm not going to drink so much...

A few minutes Later...

   Edward: HAHAHAHA!!!

   Brad: One More! One More! One More!

   Edward: Do You wanna know Something Brad?!

Says Edward drunk.

   Edward: You, David AND Louis are my favorites in the Team.

   Brad: And John, or, And Arthur?!?!?!??!?!

   Edward: John too, and Arthur, He's too. Not gonna Lie. He with his Green Blue Eyes... HAHAHA!

   Brad: Talking.... Tal...

Brad burps out loud.

   Brad: Talking about this, your eyes Edwvard, did you do something with them?!

   Edward: Why?!

   Brad: They are lighter! Like... Blue, Bluer, or whatever..

   Edward: I don't know what you're talking about.

   Brad: Are you eating ONIONS?

   Edward: What!?

   Brad: I heard that ONIONS and others food makes our eyes lighter.

   Edward: I think you are.. HAHAHA! YOU ARE DRUNK!

   Brad: So are you!

   Edward: Drunk?.... DRUNK? I'm not DRUNK!? And also! I'm not drinking more ok?! I'm not DRUNK.

   Brad: Let's see... Let's see.

   Edward: I'm not Drunk!

   Bartender: Want one more?

   Edward: Just one more please!

After a Few minutes...

   Edward: Brad.... Brad? Where are you Brad?! BRAD!

Edward puts his Seventh drink after he said it was the last one on the Bar desk and tries to find Brad.

   Edward: Braaaaad, Where are you?!

Edward looks around and goes to a Man.

   Edward: Hey, did you see Brad?

   Man: I don't know who this is.

   Edward: I'm not drunk!

Edward goes to other Man.

   Edward: Are you Brad? No you are not Brad.

   Man: You are really drunk My Friend.

   Edward: I'm not Drunk!

Edward goes upstairs to the second floor of the Bar. He sees a Woman.

   Edward: Excuse me Lady, Did you see Brad?!

   Woman: I see a lot of Men all day my friend.

   Edward: Thank you...

Edward looks back and sees Brad drinking and singing on the other side of the Floor. Edward goes to him.

   Edward: There you are Brad!

   Brad: Hey Edward! Look down there, to all the people drinking and getting Drunk like fools...

They look at each other....

   Edward: HAHAHAHAHAHA!

   Brad: HAHAHAHAHA!

   Edward: I want one More drink! Just one More!

Few seconds later....

   Edward: Brad! Brad?! AGAIN!? BRAAAD! Where did you go NOW?!

Edward looks behind him and there's a Woman who, Incredibly looks really like Brad.

   Edward: Hey! Brad.... You're not Brad... You, you have Boobs?!

   Woman: And if you want to see them, just pay me and we go to the room, honey.

   Edward: No, I need to find Brad!

Edward starts to get really drunk, he goes to one of the rooms there on the second floor and he opens the door, he sees a Man and a Woman having sex, Edward get scared and close the Door.

   Edward: OH MY GOD! They looked like Brad! Both of them!

Edward sees a Man that looks exactly like Brad.

   Edward: There you are Brad!

   Man: Who's Brad?

   Edward: Man, you look exactly like him.

   Man: I assume this Brad is really Handsome then.

Says the Man laughing and Drinking with an Elf.

   Edward: Oh Man, an Elf. That's interesting.

Edward goes to other Man and asks him.

   drawdE: ArE YoU BRaD?

   naM: I don't know who this is.

   drawdE: oK ThEn.

Edward looks around and everything looks strange. He goes downstairs and ask more people, he sees a Woman.

   EDwARd: Hey! ArE you Brad?

   namoW: No, I'm not even a Man! You must be really drunk.

   EdwarD: No! NO! I'm not DrUnK!

Edward looks around him and everyone has Brad's Face, literally, everyone, he gets really nervous about it....

Edward is now throwing up outside the Bar.

   EdwArrd: sHiT! I gotta find BrAd!

Edward returns to the Bar, goes upstairs and he don't find Brad, when he looks down to the first floor he sees Brad, this time, it Actually is Brad, standed up on the Bar desk, fighting and arguing with some other Men.

   Edward: FINALLY! THERE YOU ARE!

Edward goes downstairs and tries to Protect Brad, separating the Fight.

   Edward: Hey! HEY! Let's stops this fight.

   One of the Men: This Son of a Bitch is kidding with us!

   Other Man: Yes he Is!

   darB: No! I'm just saying some Jokes!

   Edward: What about trying to avoid any confusion here? Some days ago! Some...

Edward burps out loud.

   Edward: Some days ago we had a Fight here!

    Other Man: I'm going to punch his face!

   Edward: WAIT! Why Can't We Be Friends?

....

Everyone looks at each other....

And they start to dance together The Can Can Dance while the Pianist goes crazy playing the Piano.

After that someone punches another one in the Face for no reason apparent, a fight starts but the Bartender was prepared for this and managed to get the Guys making trouble out, including Edward and Brad, two Police Officers were outside  predicting that something like this would happen, the other guys making trouble were able to escape from the Police Officers, differently from Edward and Brad, they start to run around outside the Bar trying to escape from the Police Officers.

   Edward: Run! Run Brad!.. Brad! Bred!.. Bread?... Bread! HAHAHA! RUN BREAD!

   Bread: They are coming!

   Edward: Our Horses! Look at Texas!

Edward sees Texas with a Horne in his Head.

   Edward: Texas is a Unicorn! How could I never noticed that before!.. Brad? Bread?

The Police Officers caught Brad running, and now they are running after Edward.

   Edward: No! I was kidding! It was a Joke! Policemen! No!

They caught Edward.

Edward wakes up in the other Morning with a bad Headache inside a Jail Cell in the Police Department.

   Edward: What? What happened.

Edward looks around and notices that he's in a Jail Cell, he looks to his side and there's Brad inside the other Cell in front.

   Edward: What did we do?

   Brad: Don't ask me.

   Police Officer: Let's go, that's enough for you.

The Police Officer opens their Cells and let them go.

   Police Officer: Listen you two, never do this again, all right?!

   Edward: Understood Officer.

Edward and Brad goes to their Horses. They get up on them.

   Edward: Brad... We gotta go now!

   Brad: Why?!

   Edward: We are moving today! The Camp!

   Brad: That's right! Let's go!

They run back to the Camp.

Getting there they stop their Horses and Don is already waiting them.

   Don: Where were you?!

   Edward: Where Brad? Where were we?

   Brad: Bar.

   Don: Bar?!

   Brad: Yes we had a few drinks, just that.

Don looks down with an Angry face.

   Don: Glad we are already going. Go get your things, and get ready too. Now!

They go get ready, the rest of the Gang are already ready to go. Edward puts his clothes and goes to Texas, the Girls are going inside the Gang's Van with Jimmy, Hoff, Waltz and Pearson, besides Don who drives the Van. Outside Edward, Arthur, John, Michael, George, Louis, Carlo, Kurt and Brad goes on their Horses. David is going back on Louis' Horse, Damian is going back on George's Horse, and Lynn is going with Edward on Texas.

So, Edward goes to Texas and brushes him, he gives him an Apple and get up on Him calling Lynn, she gets up on Texas. The others are all on their Horses and inside the Van, so, they are ready to go now.

Don asks if it's everyone ready to go, and they are, so, they go down the road in direction of Maryland. The Van goes in front of the Horses, of Course, because the Van can go faster than an average Horse speed, but Don doesn't drives too fast, especially because of Clarice, that is scared of being in a car really fast. Riding down the road, Edward talks to Lynn.

   Edward: Talking about this Birdman. Everyone saw it, what the hell is him?

   Lynn: You know the Tale Edward.

   Edward: He's your protector, but, he's not normal, that... That suit he was wearing, what is that? How was that made?

   Lynn: When we get back to Silver Springs, too many questions of yours will be answered.

   Edward: Keeping suspense.... All right. But, where's he now? After he took you, we just went right back to the Camp and left him behind, and he didn't come back to you.

   Lynn: Judging by the amount of Water that fell into his suit, maybe he went back to Silver Springs to repair it.

   Edward: But, couldn't he just go after you? Even without the suit?

   Lynn: This suit is part of him. Take it off of him, it's like taking off part of your own body, I know that the most important part of it, is the Helmet, that looks like a Bird Mask. I assume that's why he never takes it off, although he are not used to talk too much.

   Edward: That's strange.

   Lynn: He has a sad story. At the beginning, when I was locked in The Tower, I didn't like him that much. For so many reasons, but, passing the time he ended up being my only company. And he... He didn't want to like... Cause something bad to me. You know, they did something to him, and my Father afraid of something happen to me, he accepted keep him in charge of my protection.

   Edward: Back... Back in Silver Springs, I talked to Man, in a Hotel. I asked him about The Tower, and he told me about The Birdman. And... Was he Brainwashed?

   Lynn: Who?!.. The Birdman!? He... No!... Actually I don't know.

   Edward: You said that he's job is just to keep you safe in The Tower, didn't you? And he follows it without any worry, independent of who is on his way.

   Lynn: Yes.

   Edward: This is really strange.

   Lynn: But, I noticed that, in that Tower, he just had to do one thing that was take care of me. I don't know if he has feelings, but, I love him as I Love someone of my family, and I don't know if he feels the same. I talked to him, even with him not responding me. It was a Way to distract myself. But at some point, I saw that, he understands what I was saying. Sometimes he responded me by doing something.

Edward feels sad about her.

   Edward: How do we know when he's coming back?

   Lynn: I don't know... If we hear a Bird sing out loud, maybe it's him.

Says Lynn laughing, trying to distract herself.

They continue going through the road to Maryland. They Already Passed by Connecticut, also passed near by New York City, and now going through the State of New Jersey.

   Lynn: I can't believe in this.

   Edward: This what?

   Lynn: Traveling around the country. I've never been so far from Silver Springs I think.

They pass by New Jersey and enters the State of Delaware, getting there Don drives to the roadside, the others on the Horses stops too. Arthur stops his Horse and goes talk to Don to see what's happening.

   Arthur: Just doing a pause Don?

Don goes out of the Van.

   Don: No Arthur. Something happened with the Van.

   Arthur: But what?

   Don: Look to the wheels.

Arthur and Don goes on the Van rear to see the back wheels, something burt the tire of the Van, they will need now to fix it.

   Arthur: Yeah, it looks like something burt it.

   Don: It's ok, we are near Maryland, and We got a reserve Tire here.

Edward looks at them. Louis who was on his side talks to him.

   Louis: What's happening?

   Edward: I don't know. I think that something broke.

Edward looks at Lynn.

   Edward: It's better to see what's going on.

   Lynn: Yeah, go, I'll stay here on Texas.

Edward gets down Texas and goes to the Van talk to Arthur and Don.

   Edward: What's happening?

   Arthur: The Tire, there's a hole through it.

Edward looks at the Tire.

   Edward: Shit... Do we have a reserve one?

   Don: Yes We do.

Karen, who is inside the Van, opens the back doors.

   Karen: What's happening?

   Edward: The Van's Tire burst, and we gotta change it.

Karen says to the ones inside the Van about what happened. Don picks the other Tire and Arthur takes the burst Tire off of the wheel, Edward goes help put the reserve Tire. They managed to put the Tire successfully.

   Arthur: Well, it wasn't that difficult.

   Edward: Yeah.

Hoff says out loud.

   Hoff: Hey! Is everything ready back there?!

   Don: Yes Hoff! Let's go boys, go back to your Horses.

Arthur goes back to his Horse and Edward too.

   Lynn: So, everything went right?

   Edward: Yeah, just a Hole in the Van's Tire.

Don drives back to Road and the others follows him. They continue going through the road in direction of Maryland.

After a few more Miles, they arrive in Maryland, they are going to stay in a new Camp at a small Bay at the really beginning of the State next to Delaware. They prepared the Camp.

                             1977

                        Maryland

                      Cecil County

   Arthur: So Don, this is going to be our new Camp.

   Don: Yes Arthur, There is your Tent, and yours Edward, is right over There.

   Edward: All right.

They go to their Tents, Edward goes talk to Lynn.

   Edward: Lynn, I was talking with Don before, and, He had an idea. We gotta go to Silver Springs and try to take Zachary's mask off, show to everyone that he's someone just trying to get power and wishing the worse to the ones who are not with him. And how we gonna do this? We have to infiltrate into the Police Department of the City and find files, documents, paperwork..

   Lynn: Whatever to incriminate Him!

   Edward: Exactly.

   Lynn: Got it.

   Edward: As we are already going to see your family, we should talk to your parents about it. Try to find out if they know something about him.

   Lynn: They must know something. For sure.

   Edward: When do you want to go visit them?

   Lynn: When you feel confident to go... You what I mean.. The Gang.

   Edward: Actually, maybe tomorrow we can go.

   Lynn: Are you serious?!

   Edward: Yep!

   Lynn: Ok... Ok.

Says Lynn excited.

   Lynn: I'm going to prepare my bag with somethings... Ok?

   Edward: Ok. Mhmm, it looks like there's something happening at the table Tent, so, I'll go there.

   Lynn: Ok.

Edward goes to the Table Tent, there's Don, Hoff, Arthur, John and Louis inside it.

   Don: Oh! Edward! At the right time, come here.

   Edward: What's the matter?

   Hoff: You know what you did back there?

   Edward: You mean... What?

   Hoff: The Criminals.

   Edward: Yeah, of course.

   Hoff: Some Policemen ended up knowing that, and knowing that was you who did this.

   Don: The important is, some Police Officers around here want to be friends with me and you.

   Edward: But, they know you Don?

   Don: I did some good things before either Edward. And also! With we being friends of them, we can do more things. We can became Officers too.

   Edward: This will help with the Silver Springs stuff.

   Don: Yes! And also, remember the Greenwalds Letter? That we found in their Camp back in Massachusetts? So, they are working together with the White Family, we can try to offer help with their Rivals, The Ashley Family. And you know. If some guys like us appear in a Manor like their Manor, they are not going to give a Shit about what we say to them. But, if we are Police Officers, the story Changes. And! If we get the Ashley Family trust, maybe we can take a money off of the White Family.

   Arthur: That's right. We are going to what Town then?

   Don: Elkton. Around 4 miles away.

   Arthur: So, are we going now?

   Don: As soon as possible, I'll warn you, because! I got a Plan! And we will follow it as we did before in Hampshire County in Massachusetts.

Edward, picks his Dairy and writes about the past moments.

   Edward's Dairy: " Well, those Criminals Jeremy The Lucky and Margaret The Luxurious, helped me growing up my reputation, the Policemen of some states are knowing my existence, and Fortunately they know me as " The Massachusetts Bounty Hunter ", not as " The Member of a Robbery Specialist Gang ". Also, after The Southampton Bank Robbery gone really well, we had to go out of Massachusetts for a while, especially because of The Lincolns, they were there making investigations, they know who Am I and who Don is, and probably, most of the Gang, this is dangerous, but it seems like they don't have so much things to arrest all of us, they just put fear on us.

After the Robbery, I had some time with Brad at a Southampton's Bar. And it didn't went so well. I got really drunk that evening.... That was a Crazy Night.

I almost Forgot, Lynn almost was Kidnapped. The Birdman, who was in Lynn's Tower, came to get her back, after that, not gonna lie, I'm a little scared of this guy. I can't let him get her again, people can be scared and all my Work can be ruined. Imagine if someone who lives in whatever Town, sees him? A Giant Man wearing a Bird suit? I don't know exactly why the Government hide Silver Springs, but, if someone spread this, everything will go down.

Now, we are already in Maryland, there's two powerful families, and one of them is affiliated with the Greenwalds, so, we are going to make an alliance with the other family, The Ashely Family. We are going to talk with the Police Officers that heard of our story as a Bounty Hunter and get some respect.

And also, I need to go back to Silver Springs, being a temporary Police Officer is going to help, I'll take Lynn to her family as well.

A lot Happened these past days. "

Don calls Edward.

   Don: Did you understand Edward?

   Edward: Yes! Just, I prefer to we go now to Elkton and talk with the Officers because, I got things to do with the Silver Springs stuff.

   Don: That's right, Answering your question Arthur, we are already going.

  Edward is now looking at Lynn and thinking if he's doing the right thing. He is conflicting with himself a lot in the past days, he doesn't know if what he's doing is going to end well. He was missing some of his friends in the Gang, but at the same time, he knows that he is not contributing with his Redemption doing the Robberies, helping the Gang survive. He even could save other people, help other people, help the others in the way of his journey with the Gang, but this doesn't change the fact that he's helping a Gang to survive, Assaulting Banks, insulting the authorities, who even not being the most of the Good in the World, tries to Protect and save people.

Maybe Edward doesn't know what to do if all this end right now. If all this be in vain. He fear to be alone, again, without anyone, his Family, his friends. Edward will try to find something to deposit all his feelings, maybe Lynn could be the one in charge of that. Or something that he always cared about, but never deserved its response. At this moment if Edward had the opportunity to give Lynn to her family and they pay him for it, maybe he would accept it and forget about Silver Springs and all that.

The Sun appears in the sky making the day Beautiful, Edward goes to Texas and Hugs him, he looks at the Skies, closes his eyes. After seconds, he opens it, and continues to look at the Sunny Sky, with a Melancholic felling.

                              1970s

                          Maryland

                        Cecil County

   Edward talks to Lynn about he, Don, Arthur, John and Louis are going to Elkton, where the Police Officers want to talk to Don and to him because of their "Good Actions" in the past days.

Edward gets up on Texas and rides with the others to Elkton, that it's not far from the New Camp.

   Don: Everyone, Listen, do everything I do, and please be careful there, we can't pass a image that we are who we truly are.

   John: What a good Thing to say.

   Don: But that's the truth John. Obviously, they CAN'T know who we are, so, let's pass the Image of Bounty Hunters.

   Arthur: I don't know if this is going to end well Don.

   Don: Just follow what I say, follow the Plan, everything will be ok.

They arrives at Elkton, they go to the Small Police Department where the Policeman called Don. They stop their Horses next to the Police Department, the Sheriff was waiting for them at the door.

                          1977

                        Elkton

                   Cecil County

   Sheriff: There you are. Bounty Hunters!

   Don: Hello Officer!

They greet the Sheriff.

   Don: So Sheriff, what do you Bring to us?

   Sheriff: I've Heard about you.

Says the Sheriff pointing to Edward.

   Sheriff: You, the one with the Moustache, who caught Jeremy The Lucky in Massachusetts. And also, we heard about you Don, who managed to keep Margaret The Luxurious in her own and don't bring any worry to us anymore.

Edward looks to Don with a despicable face.

   Don: Yes! You're right! I knew how to put Margaret in her place.

   Edward: Ok then.

   Sheriff: And we want to have you here in our area to help us.

   Don: Good! Look, I'm with some other partners here, this is Arthur, this one right there is John, and the French one is Louis, and of course, Edward is the Moustached one. We are here to give you support on everything.

   Sheriff: Great! We have just Three Distinctives, so, you can choose your partners.

   Don: Arthur and Edward.

   Louis: Not even hesitated!?

   Don: Yeah, that's right, him and Edward.

   Sheriff: Ok so, Bounty Hunters, you are now....

Other Police Officer comes with the Distinctives and the Police Stars.

   Sheriff: Officers.

Don, Arthur and Edward gets his Distinctives and Police Stars.

   Sheriff: Now, you have to show us if you deserve this Distinctive and this Star on your Chest.

   Don: Thank you Sheriff. What can you tell us about the County?

   Sheriff: Well. There's in this County not that much assaults and Robberies, but, strange movements are happening here, crazy people, bad people, Gangs, powerful Families.

   Don: Powerful Families?

   Sheriff: Yes, The Whites and The Ashleys.

   Arthur: What can you tell us about them?

   Sheriff: They are two powerful families, with a lot of money, and when a say a Lot, it's a LOT of money. They are both families who came from the United Kingdom decades ago, they are rivals. And nowadays their conflicts are getting more and more aggressive, impacting other cities and villages.

   Don: Interesting. Do you know if they committed or are committing any crimes?

   Sheriff: Well, they are always getting in trouble and fighting, the crimes that they probably are committing are between the both Families, crimes that we doesn't have knowledge about, because they don't contact us the Police to handle that.

   Edward: So, they solve their problems between them?

   Sheriff: Yes, they also buy some Cops to cover their Shits, you know what I mean?

   Don: Do they have a House, like a mansion?

   Sheriff: Yes, they have their Manors, that curiously, in the map, they stay in front of each other, of course, some miles away.

   Arthur: Can you show us the map of the State?

   Sheriff: Of course!

The Sheriff says to some Officer get a map for them.

   Sheriff: Here, take it.

   Don: Thank you Sheriff... Sheriff?

   Sheriff: You can call me Sheriff Mark.

   Don: Ok Sheriff Mark, we are going now. Thank you for this opportunity!

   Sheriff Mark: Your Welcome Mister, we are trusting on you and your Fellas.

They go to their Horses and rides back to the Camp.

                           1977

                      Maryland

                    Cecil County

   Don: Everyone, Listen here, especially you Arthur, Edward, John and Louis who were there at the Police Department with me, we can't do any shit around here all right? We are Police Officers right now, and we gotta act like one for a while, so Behavior yourself. Tomorrow we are going to visit The Ashleys and maybe, The Whites too.

Edward goes to his Tent where Lynn is.

   Lynn: Hello Officer.

Says Lynn smiling.

   Edward: Yeah, not for a long time. I want to take..

   Lynn: Me to my Parents.

   Edward: It seems like you can read my mind.

Says Edward smiling.

   Edward: That's right. Are up to go now?

   Lynn: Of course! I'll get ready.

   Edward: Ok.

Edward waits Lynn while he draws the Camp on his Dairy.

   Lynn: Ok, I got my Bag, my things, Let's go.

   Edward: All right.

They go to Texas and get up on him, Edward rides to the road and stops.

   Edward: Ok, where do I go?

   Lynn: Wait... Wait... Go in direction of Delaware City!

   Edward: They are in Delaware?

   Lynn: Yes!

   Edward: But... Weren't they here in Maryland? And How do you know that?

   Lynn: Just... Do what I'm saying, trust me.

   Edward: Ok, so... Delaware City.

   Lynn: In direction of Delaware City, they are near to Glasgow in the New Castle County.

   Edward: Right, just wait a second.

Edward opens his Bag and takes a Guide, he turns to the Delaware page and sees Glasgow in the Map. He shows the Map to Lynn.

   Edward: Look, we are here. There's Glasgow, is that right?

   Lynn: Yes, trust me.

   Edward: Ok, take this, stay with you.

Edward gives her the Guide.

   Edward: You can help me with this, ok?

   Lynn: Ok.

   Edward: Let's go Texas!

Edward is now riding to New Castle County in Delaware around 4 Miles away, where Lynn's Parents are.

   Edward: After we go there, we are going back to Silver Springs right?

   Lynn: Probably, as you said before, they may have some information, or better! They could help us! It would be amazing.

Edward thinks about just taking Lynn to them and then get the Money for the Work. Edward is doubting the past happenings in his Life, he's starting to think that, going to Silver Springs and helping Lynn is not going to end well, he's starting to think about leaving Lynn there and forget about all what happened, as if he has the Money, he could already quit his debts and bad things he done. In that kind of situation, where he's confused, and he doesn't know what to do, he remembers his parents, he remember when bad things happened, what they told to him as a Child, they always said to never give up, to follow his dreams and accept the reality as it is. He remembered about his parents giving him the advice of trusting in God, do the Right things and bring the good energies to his life. Edward never was a religious person, he has his beliefs, but, in the past years of his life, he doubt the existence of a God, a Heaven, The Good and even The Bad.

Edward responds Lynn.

   Edward: Yes, they could help us. It would be great.

   Lynn: I don't feel so much excitement on these words Mister Levinson.

Says Lynn in a Sarcastic way.

   Edward: Well, I'm kinda sleepy.

Says Edward smiling.

   Lynn: Aham.

   Edward: Talking about Silver Springs. I'm still comprehending this, and maybe I'm going to ask you some questions that I already asked before but, how many districts are there?

   Lynn: There's a few, above the East Coast and other places, each district has their own Founder who takes care of it.

   Edward: You mean like, Mayors?

   Lynn: Yes! Each district has their own "Laws", but they are all like the same, our concepts of what's right or wrong for the people are really equal, except for Zachary.

   Edward: He's one of the Founders too, right?

   Lynn: Unfortunately, and he has his District too.

   Edward: I didn't knew that.

   Lynn: Yes he got he's one. And... If we can avoid this place, it's the better to do. And if we go there, it's because we are going to fix that place.

   Edward: Oh God, is it that bad?

   Lynn: Yes. There is like a district in a district, do you know what I mean? The district is separated by a Rich part and a really, really poor part. It's really sad, even just to think about it. They has like, their own culture, most of the people there doesn't like the other districts and want to live just there fighting for Zachary, of course except for the poor people, who for sure want a better Home.

   Edward: God... But, how these people got there? Silver Springs weren't the Perfect City without discrimination and, everything bad?

   Lynn: It's complicated. The poor people there are exception, Fortunately most of the citizens of Silver Springs has a good life, but those poor people were probably the firsts who came to Silver Springs and were chosen by finger who would be the Rich or the Poor.

   Edward: How?

   Lynn: Zachary, he has his Ideals, everyone considered as a "Impure Person" or has the wrong beliefs in Zachary's mind, are throw away to poverty and misery like trash.

   Edward: But who are the "Impure"?

   Lynn: Latin People, Black People, Brown people, Asian people, Chineses in particular, Irish people and I don't even know who more, because Zachary is... Unpredictable. I think that's a word that express him really well. He doesn't say with all the words that he is the Villain of the story, just living and expressing is the best way to discover it.

   Edward: That's why the other Founders took him away of the rest of the City.

   Lynn: Yes.

   Edward: This is crazy.

Says Edward surprised and a little bit scared.

   Lynn: Edward, listen, there's no place in the World that has no bad, no evil in it, there are places that has less bad and more Good, but they are exception either. Silver Springs, in my point of view, is one, if it's not the most, peaceful place in the World, maybe some Island or isolated place can be more Peaceful, but, The Founders knew how to make Silver Springs and they did it, But, Zachary was there since the beginning, the Bad since the beginning, so, neither Silver Springs could scape from the Human evil. And Silver Springs cannot fall on his hands.

   Edward: I understand you.

Edward stucks again in his mind, after that talk with Lynn, he is more, and more, and more, indecisive about what to do, he feels a pain on his back, like if he is about to carry a Hole Nation on it, guiding them to the solve of all the Problems. There are still some mysteries around Silver Springs, their story, and also, Lynn.

   Edward: Hurry Texas!

They go to near to Glasgow in Delaware, New Castle County.

   Edward: Here we are, how can we know where they are?

   Lynn: I think I know, I recognize this place.

Lynn guides Edward to the Valentine's Manor. They go to a kind of trail out of the road covered by big Trees, they go through there and at the end of it they see the Manor in the background.

   Edward: Is that your Family's Manor?

   Lynn: Yes! There it is!

They see the Valentine's Manor, a Big Wood Mansion around Trees and beautiful Green Lawns. But suddenly Edward hears screams coming from the road, he gets scared.

   Edward: Did you heard that?

   Lynn: What? The screams? Yeah, I think so.

   Edward: Lynn, get down and go meet your Family.

   Lynn: Are you going to see what's happening?

   Edward: Yes, go to the Mansion, I'm going back to the road to see what's going on.

Lynn gets off Texas and Edward turns Texas back in direction of the Road, he runs to the road and stops there, a car passes through the road but nothing more, Edward stays paying attention in the environment trying to hear the screams again..... He hears it again! He goes in direction of the screams coming from the other side of the road, where is a small community of people living in some houses, he rides to there and tries to find where the screams are coming from, he goes to this community and he finds a Woman worried running in direction of him.

   Woman: Hey! Hey! Help me please! Please!

Edward stops and gets off Texas.

   Edward: What's happening? Are you ok?

   Woman: Please help me now! My house is invaded! Help me with this and I can pay you!

   Edward: Where is your house Miss?

   Woman: It's right there!

She points to her house that is a few meters away.

   Edward: Who entered there?

   Woman: I don't know, I don't know, just Help me! Please!

Edward looks to the house, to her, and thinks about why the house would be invaded since where they are is in a small Community, why someone would invade a house there? Wasn't better to Robb a house in the City? Edward looks at her again, and says to himself inside his mind that he has been doing so many bad things, and when the opportunity to do a good one appears he has to do it. He looks at her and helps her.

   Edward: Ok, you are lucky to have me now.

Edward picks his Pistol and puts it in his Holster.

   Edward: Follow me and let's go to your house.

   Woman: Thank you, thank you!

They go to the house, the Woman goes behind him until they get at the door of the House, when they get there, she runs in front of him going inside the house and scares Edward.

   Edward: Wait!

Edward runs into the House and when he opens the door, there are more Six People inside the house, Three Women counting with the Woman that was outside and Three Men, one of them is pointing his gun to Edward.

  Edward: Wow, wow wow.

  Woman: Look at him, this was easy.

   Edward: What's going on here?

Says Edward looking around the house. One of the Men goes a step ahead and says to Edward.

   Man: Hands up or I'll shoot you. And we doesn't want this.

   Edward: All right, ok...

Edward puts his hands up. One other Woman says to him.

   Woman: Put your gun down and push it to me.

Edward throws his Pistol to the ground and kicks it in direction of the Woman. The Man talks to Edward.

   Man: Ok, we wasn't expecting anyone appear, especially someone like you, so, we want to you give everything that you got in that bag, your money, documents, everything.

Edward thought that he knew what was happening there but, something strange was happening.

   Edward: Look, I don't have time for this I..

   Man: And take your clothes off.

   Edward: What?!

   Man: Are you doing this or not?! You rather a bullet into your brain or being *****?!

One of the Women picks a type of bowl and a Knife, she's also holding a type of cross.

   Edward: Shit.

   Woman: Go, shoot him..

   Edward: WAIT! Wait. I'll do this.

   Man: Ok, Jake, go take his bag.

   Other Man: Ok.

   Man: Don't do anything funny.

The other Man apparently is called Jake, he goes to take Edward's Bag. They didn't know that it wasn't a good idea. Now Jake, when he is taking Edward's Bag, it was the necessary to Edward immobilize him and make him as a Human shield.

   One of the Women: Shit!

   Man: Damn!

Edward starts to talk to them.

   Edward: All right, you got me back there, but, is notable that you are not that experienced on doing this kind of thing so, what about you guys tell me what's happening and I don't broke Mister Jake's neck?

   Woman: Shit! Dan! I said it wasn't a good Idea!

   Edward: So, Dan, who are you and why are you all wearing black, and why does she has a bowl and a Knife on her hands?

The Man pointing the gun to Edward is called Dan, he looks at Edward.

   Dan: I'm gonna shoot if you don't take him off!

   Edward: C'mon! Do this! I'm not getting hurt anyways.

   Dan: I'm going to shoot!

   Woman: No Dan! You're not!

   Dan: Shut up Elena!

The Woman is called Elena.

   Elena: You'll kill jake!

   Other Woman: No! I didn't come here to see a friend die!

   Dan: I got everything under control!

   Other Man: No! You don't Dan! That's not the first time that this happens!

Edward doesn't know what to do, since they are arguing with each other in front of him.

   Edward: Oh Shit. All right! Now..

   Other Woman: This wasn't part of the plan! Wasn't part of the Sect's Plan!

   Edward: Shit.

Edward is surprised and a little scared about that, apparently they are members of a Sect, a Cult, and probably they were recruiting him or something worse, sacrificing him. Edward remembered back in Massachusetts, when he and Lynn were about to get to the Camp and she  was sick, Edward saved a Family from some Men, wearing black. Edward sees in one of the Woman's arms a tattoo that is a symbol, a symbol that he saw on one of those Men arms back in Massachusetts too.

Edward runs to Dan with Jake in front of him pushing Dan to the ground, Edward picked Dan's Gun. Dan got up and Edward knocked him down.

  Other Man: Shit!

This other Guy tries to punch Edward, he fails, Edward puts him down too. Jake is already unconscious, one of the Girls come to attack Edward stabbing him with a Knife, Edward dodges her attack and knocks her down.

   Edward: Shit! I didn't want to do this!

The other Woman, Elena, throws the bowl to Edward and tries to kill him, she didn't succeed and Edward defeated her. The Last Girl came with a Knife.

   Edward: Please. I don't want to do this. I don't wanna hurt you.

   Girl: **** it.

She runs to him and Edward immobilize her and makes her unconscious.

   Edward: Shit! Oh God... What the hell was going on here!?

Edward looks around and sees a paper written what they had to do with him. Answering the question again, yes, they are members of a Sect, apparently inspired by The same Sect that committed the crimes of murder back in 1969 with the Actress Sharon Tate.

   Edward: This is crazy.

Edward goes out of the house, getting out of there, he sees a Couple, of a Man and a Woman, wearing Green Suits, they look like investigators and they are searching something and looking around the House.

   Edward: You are Kidding.

   The Man: What happened here?

   The Woman: Already happened before?

They have a British accent.

   The Man: He has to realize that, being good, not always brings us good things. And not all the persons that you help are good.

   The Woman: Yes, I agree, but also, not all the People are Bad. He showed to us now that he's not one that "bad part".

   The Man: This, he has to show to us.

   The Woman: Because he already showed.

   The Man: He is showing.

   The Woman: And he will show to us.

Edward looks at them really confused.

   Edward: Oh my God. I am definitely Crazy.

   The Man: He's still confused?!

   The Woman: Maybe it's because he's not the right one.

   The Man: Don't say that, I'm starting to become tired of this.

   The Woman: But he has to come back there, with the Girl, if he don't. You know what it means.

   The Man: Yes I know.

Edward goes to Texas, he gets up on him and looks back to the Couple. There no one anymore.

   Edward: Let's g.... Let's go Texas...

He rides back to the Valentine's Manor, Lynn's Family House.

Talking about them, Meanwhile when Edward was out, Lynn inside the House saw again her family, before she rang the Door bell, and waited to someone respond.

   Lynn: Is there someone in?!... Hello?! Ahm, He..

Someone opens the door.

   Lynn: Hello?!

Who opened the door was Mister Jarvis, their Butler, that is an almost 2 meter tall Robot.

   Jarvis: Hello, how can I help yo..... Miss... Miss Valentine?

   Lynn: Hello Jarvis! It's me, Lynn!

   Jarvis: How...

Lynn Hugged him and after she talked to him.

   Lynn: I'm Back!

   Jarvis: Lynn! Lynn! You are here! But, where is your Savior?

   Lynn: He is coming.

Said her Smiling.

   Jarvis: Oh God, I have to call the others!

   Lynn: Let's go!

Lynn went inside the Manor, she and Jarvis went to the Stairs that Leads to the Second Floor.

   Jarvis: Everyone! Come Downstairs! We have a Visit!

Jarvis looked at Lynn.

   Jarvis: Come Lynn, let's go to the Living Room.

They went to the Living Room and waited to the others come downstairs.

   Lynn: Oh my God! I'm so excited!

Lynn heard someone calling her name, "Lynn?", She looked to her right side to the other room and Tom is the one who called her, Tom, who is an old and close Childhood Friend.

   Lynn: Tom!

   Tom: Oh God, Lynn!

They hugged each other.

   Tom: Lynn! God, you are here.

   Lynn: I am!

   Tom: Oh God! You are literally Here! It's been a long time!

Amanda, Lynn's Sister, is an other Beautiful Girl as Lynn is, she has a Darker Blonde Hair but she and Lynn are almost the same, because Amanda is way more emotive than Lynn, in an Angry way. She was the first who went downstairs to see who was there.

   Amanda: Ly... Lynn?! Lynn!

   Lynn: Amanda!

They both hugged each other and Amanda almost cried seeing her sister again, close to her, after so much time.

   Amanda: Oh my God... I'm touching you! You are here!

   Lynn: Where's the other?!

Amanda screamed.

   Amanda: Everyone! GET DOWN THERE NOW! We have a Visit!

Amanda looks to Lynn again.

   Amanda: God, you are here.

   Lynn: Yes I'm! And I'm not going back.

Lynn's Parents went Downstairs, they arrived at the Living Room, Misses Madelyn Valentine, Lynn's Mother, started to cry and ran to Lynn Hugging her. Mister Anthony Valentine, Lynn's Father, was shocked to see her and he went to hug her too together with Misses Valentine.

   Madelyn: Oh My God.

   Lynn: I missed you so much.

Mister Valentine didn't even have a reaction besides hugging her.

They looked at each other Smiling and Misses Valentine crying.

   Anthony: Daughter... You are here. You are here!

   Lynn: I am... I am.

Taylor Valentine, Lynn's Cousin, was there too and she went right to hug Lynn.

   Taylor: Lynn!

   Lynn: Taylor!

   Taylor: Such a long time! I can't believe it!

Lynn is finally together with her Family, after Years, and Fortunately they were all happy to see her. They sat on the Couch and on the Armchairs at the Living Room, they were all excited to see Lynn. They talked to her, her parents asked her Parents' Questions, and the others talked about how did Lynn get out of the Tower.

   Taylor: But Lynn, how did you get out of the Tower?

   Amanda: I was about to ask this question. How Lynn?

   Lynn: Well, This Guy came to save me.

   Madelyn: Oh! How does he look like? Who is him? Is he Handsome?

   Lynn: C'mon Mom!

Says Lynn a little embarrassed.

   Lynn: He came to the Tower and saved me, and he took me to here, the "Down World".

Says Lynn smiling.

   Taylor: Ok! Ok! But where is him now? You came here alone?

   Lynn: No, he was with me back there at the trail, but he heard some screams coming from the road and he decided to see what was happening.

   Tom: Well, he has a Courageous spirit!

   Lynn: Yeah... Yeah.

   Madelyn: But you didn't say his name!

   Amanda: And how he looks like!

   Lynn: Well, his name is Edward..

   Madelyn: His full name!

   Lynn: Edward Robert Levinson, that's his name.

   Taylor: Umm, it's a cool name.

   Amanda: Is he tall?

   Lynn: Yes! He is!

   Tom: Blonde?

   Lynn: No! He has a Short Straight hair.

   Taylor: Does he has Muscles?!

   Lynn: Well... Yes, yes he has.

Says Lynn embarrassed.

   Anthony: And dignity? Is he a Good Man, or just an opportunist?

   Lynn: Yes Dad, I... I think that in his essence he is Good.

   Madelyn: Ok! But, how's his skin? Is it like, smooth and soft?

   Lynn: Umm, well, he has a Brown Skin, and... Actually Once I shaved his Beard and... Yes he has a Smooth and Soft Skin.

Says Lynn turning red.

   Amanda: Well, where's he from?

   Madelyn: I assume he is not Leonard.

   Lynn: No he's not him. He's from Massachusetts as I understand.

   Tom: Wait he's not from Silver Springs?

   Lynn: No he's not.

   Amanda: He has a Beard then?

   Lynn: Actually, he has a Moustache. But, he looks really good with it.

   Madelyn: So, he's Handsome then?!

   Lynn: Yeah, If you want to call him as this.

Says Lynn smiling.

   Madelyn: Did you Kiss him?!

   Taylor: Yes Lynn! Did you?

   Lynn: Mom!

   Anthony: And what about The Birdman, what happened to him?

   Lynn: Well Dad, it's complicated.

   Madelyn: You are in love with this Edward, aren't you Lynn!?

   Lynn: Mom!

   Amanda: Where's him now?

   Jarvis: I think that's him.

Back to the present. At this moment Edward is already coming back from the Community in the other side of the road and passing by the Trail getting at the street of the Valentine's Manor, yes, the Mansion has a little street around it.

Everyone inside the Mansion stands up and goes to see from the Wood Windows Edward coming, Mister Anthony Valentine is the one standing up slowly and calmly.

   Taylor: Is it Him?!

   Lynn: Yes, there's Edward.

   Madelyn: God! He has a Beautiful Horse!

Edward stops at the entrance of the Mansion and stay Texas there he looks to the Mansion and then to one of the Front Windows.

   Madelyn: Oh! He's looking to the inside!

   Taylor: He's going to see us looking at him!

   Lynn: I'm going to the door, ok?

   Amanda: He's looking at us!

Edward looks to the Window where the Girls are looking to him, and they scared close the curtains.

   Madelyn: Ah!

   Amanda: HAHAHA! Your faces!

   Taylor: We wasn't spying him.

Says Taylor in a sarcastic way.

   Amanda: Let's go to the door, C'mon.

Says Amanda Laughing.

Edward outside gives a little smiling after seeing them inside the House. He goes to the Front Doors and Knocks it, again Jarvis opens the door to him.

   Edward: Wow... Ahm, Hello... M-Mister?

   Jarvis: Hello, My name is Jarvis, how can I help you sir?

   Edward: Well Jarvis, I'm looking for Lynn Valentine. Is she in there?

   Jarvis: And I assume that you are Mister Levinson.

   Edward: Ummm, Yes. That's right.

   Jarvis: Responding your Question, Yes, here is Lynn's Home, the Valentine's Manor.

   Edward: Is Lynn here?

   Jarvis: Yes, she arrived here a few minutes ago.

   Lynn: Jarvis, I know him, let him come.

Says Lynn laughing coming from the inside the Mansion.

   Jarvis: Please, enter Mister Levinson. Welcome.

Edward enters the Valentine' Manor.

                             1977

                        Delaware

                New Castle County

   Lynn: C'mon Edward!

   Edward: There you are.

   Lynn: What happened back there?

   Edward: Nothing really important..

Edward sees her family and whispers to Lynn.

   Edward: Later I'll tell you.

   Lynn: Oh, ok.

   Madelyn: Oh! What is he saying to her?

   Amanda: I don't know Mom.

Lynn takes Edward's hand and show him to her Family.

   Lynn: This is Edward.

Tom shakes Edward's Hand.

   Tom: Hey! I'm Tom, You are the one who saved her. Welcome buddy!

   Edward: Thank you Tom, nice to meet you.

Madelyn goes to Edward and Greet him, so as Amanda and Taylor.

   Madelyn: Oh God! You are so beautiful Edward!

   Lynn: Mom!

   Edward: Oh! Thank you.

   Taylor: Hey Man, what's up!?

   Edward: Hey, umm...

   Taylor: Taylor.

   Edward: Taylor! Hey Taylor. Nice to meet you.

    Taylor: What's the matter with these arms, Ahm?! Do you go to gym, to exercise? What's your routine?!

   Lynn: Taylor! C'mon!

   Edward: I try to do my Best.

Says Edward smiling.

   Taylor: What Lynn? I'm testing him, and you passed Mister Levinson.

Says Taylor in a sarcastic way.

   Amanda: Don't care about her Edward, I'm Amanda, Lynn's Sister.

Says Amanda smiling.

   Edward: Nice to meet you Amanda.

   Anthony: So, you are Lynn's Savior.

Mister Valentine comes to the entrance Hall.

   Edward: You must be Lynn's Father.

   Anthony: And you Edward.

   Edward: That's right, it's a Pleasure to meet you.

   Anthony: It's pleasure to meet you too. So, what about we go to the Living Room and talk more?

   Madelyn: I think it's a great Idea! Jarvis, please get some..

Misses Valentine looks at Edward.

   Madelyn: Wine?

   Edward: Yes! Thank you.

   Madelyn: Your Welcome Mister Levinson. Wine! Wine Jarvis, get some Wine to us please.

   Jarvis: Of course Misses Valentine.

Jarvis goes to get Wine in the Kitchen to Edward and Lynn. They go to the Living Room, Tom, Taylor and Amanda sits on the Couch, Anthony sits on his Armchair, Lynn sits on the Chair and Edward on the Armchair next to Lynn, Madelyn sits on the Arm of the Anthony's Armchair.

   Anthony: First of all Edward. I have to Thank you so much, I... I... I missed Lynn, and, I didn't know when someone would take her out of the Tower.

   Edward: I know the story about all this. And, your welcome Mister Valentine.

   Madelyn: But, seriously, You did something that we have been waiting for Years. You are not from Silver Springs aren't you?

   Edward: No, I'm from Boston.

   Anthony: How much do you know about Silver Springs?

   Edward: Just enough to take Lynn out of there.

   Anthony: Lynn, did you say to him something more about Silver Springs?

   Lynn: We talked about Silver Springs, but I didn't tell him everything.

   Anthony: You must be Confused.

   Edward: Yeah, since when I decided to go to Silver Springs, so many strange things happened.

Jarvis come to the Living Room with the Wine and gives it to Edward and Lynn.

   Lynn: Thanks Jarvis.

   Edward: Thank you.

   Jarvis: You are Welcome.

Jarvis stay next to Anthony.

   Anthony: So, Edward, it's nice to meet you, but, I know my daughter, and just by seeing her face, I noticed that you want to talk with me about something.

   Lynn: Yes. Actually we have to.

   Anthony: Go ahead.

   Lynn: Why aren't you all in Silver Springs?

   Madelyn: This is complicated.

   Lynn: At the moment when I was out of the Tower, we saw Protests, I never saw that in Silver Springs. Protests?! Really? What's happening?

   Anthony: Ok, let's go upstairs.

Taylor, Amanda and Tom look at each other with a worried face.

   Lynn: C'mon Edward.

Anthony, Lynn and Edward goes upstairs to the second floor, where the Bedrooms are, then they go to the Attic, where Anthony has something to show to them.

   Lynn: What are we doing here in the Attic?

Anthony opens the Window revealing what's in the Attic, on the roof tile there's a big Painting of A Woman at the top of it with her nose bleeding and surrounded by other people looking up at her, at the right side of the Painting there's a Man with his right arm raised pointing to the Horizon where The Flying City is, with the Sun at the Background, and it's written at the down part of the Painting: "The Home Awaiting in The Sky". Edward looks closer at it and sees a Man on the Painting too, a Man at the Woman's side looking straight ahead to the person who is looking to the Painting.

   Edward: Strange...

Besides the Painting, there is a Big table on the middle of the Attic, on the Walls, there are Posters, Propagandas, Pictures of Lynn's Family and other things. The Attic is full of things, diverse things but what gets more attention there is the Silver Springs things.

   Anthony: Here we go.

   Lynn: What do you want to tell us Dad?

   Anthony: We left Silver Springs just for a while.

   Lynn: But, there is Zachary in Silver Springs. He is going to... To... To **** with the hole City!

   Anthony: Oh! Watch Your Mouth Lynn!

   Lynn: Sorry Dad.

   Anthony: Ok, Ok, I know why you are angry, Zachary... Zachary. He, he was the one with the Idea of Silver Springs back in 1946 I think, he was the one who told us about this Idea of the Perfect City, he knew a Young Woman called Julianne, and she was the one who found out how to Build Silver Springs.

   Lynn: Ok, Where's her?! Because I want to talk to her.

   Anthony: Lynn, She's Julianne Lowell, she died last year, don't you remember?

  Lynn makes a surprised face.

   Lynn: God... I forgot her name, I just... Just remembered her as Lowell, her Brother, Juliann, died too, didn't he?

   Anthony: You remember, yes, he passed away last year too.

   Lynn: God, that Tower....

   Anthony: What I was saying is that, Zachary is, incredibly, getting trust and attention of big part of the Population, especially in the East side of the City, this is crazy. We tried to control him in the Past years, but, it didn't work, and he's getting more and more power in the City. Fortunately, there are still people that doesn't go on Zachary's wave you know? And I just wanted to get my mind empty, without any trouble, and I decided to come here.

   Lynn: I understand you Father but there's still things to do in Silver Springs.

Edward looks around and sees all the things about Silver Springs, and he notices the weight of any decision that he could make.

   Edward: And we are here to solve the Problems of the City.

   Anthony: Are you?

Lynn looks at Edward with a Smile.

   Lynn: We are.

Anthony looks at them.

   Anthony: So you are going to need a Map.

   Lynn: I already got one!

   Anthony: But does Edward got his one?

   Edward: No.

   Anthony: So, take this.

Anthony gives Edward a Silver Springs Map.

   Anthony: If you two get in trouble and divided, you are not getting lost too.

   Edward: Thank you.

   Anthony: No problem.

   Lynn: Dad, what does Zachary exactly have in his mind?

   Edward: How can we stop him?

   Anthony: I don't know.

   Lynn: What?

   Anthony: There are things involved in this, that I... I can't comprehend it in the best way. Julianne did, she was really Intelligent, she was the most Intelligent person I ever met. But she is not with us anymore.

   Edward: There's got to be something.

   Anthony: Actually, there's something.

   Lynn: What?

   Anthony: Lynn, remember that Man who Zachary always talked about?

   Lynn: Yes, I think so.

   Anthony: Clint, his Name is Clint Robert. Zachary always said this Guy's name, literally, since like, when you were a Child Lynn. He's coming to Silver Springs soon, and by what Zachary says, that Man is going to help him so much.

   Edward: We can find him. Interrogate him.

   Lynn: Yes, what we had in Mind is that, We will find something to incriminate Zachary, and then, destroy his career, maybe we can force this Clint help us on that.

   Anthony: Well, I don't know him. But if you are going to do this, be careful please. When are you going back to Silver Springs?

Edward looks at Lynn.

   Lynn: Soon. Soon we'll be back there.

   Edward: That's right. I Got Help for us to do whatever we have to do to take Zachary's mask off.

   Anthony: You mean, People, Right?

   Edward: Yes.

   Anthony: Good. I'm sorry, that I can't do so much about all this.

   Lynn: You can Father. We gotta Act, and Then, we all gonna see our role in that story.

Anthony looks at Lynn smiling.

   Anthony: I missed you Daughter. Thank you Edward, again.

   Edward: No Problem Mister Valentine.

   Anthony: Let's go back to the Living Room! You two obviously can Stay the Night here!

   Lynn: Edward?

   Edward: There's no problem to me!

   Anthony: Good! Let's relax downstairs and talk.

They go downstairs to the Living Room, Anthony goes to his Armchair next to Madelyn, and Jarvis goes to Edward and Lynn.

   Jarvis: You two finished your Wine, didn't you? Where are your Cups?

   Lynn: Here Jarvis!

Lynn gives the cups to Jarvis.

   Jarvis: Let's take this to the Kitchen.

   Madelyn: C'mon you Two! Come here to the Living Room!

They go to the Living Room and sits again there.

   Taylor: Well Edward, I have a few Questions to you.

   Lynn: Taylor...

   Edward: Go on.

   Taylor: How was your fight with the Birdman?!

   Madelyn: Good question! How was it?

   Anthony: Yes, I'm curious too.

Lynn looks at Edward in a angry way.

   Lynn: How it was Edward?

   Edward: Well, I did not kill him.

   Anthony: What?!

   Madelyn: What?!

   Edward: I just found a way to keep him traped in the Tower and I ran with Lynn out of there.

   Anthony: Wait. Are you saying that he's not Dead!? Or Traped?!

   Lynn: Yes.

   Anthony: God.... Where's him now?

   Lynn: Probably in Silver Springs.

   Edward: He came after us. And I did cause some damage in Him. He flew back to the City We guess.

   Anthony: Ok, not gonna lie. I expected more about you than that. But I appreciate you sincerity.

   Edward: I did Good?

   Anthony: No, incredibly Bad.

   Edward: Ok....

  Anthony: But, again, You saved my Daughter, I can't not Thank you for that.

The time passes, they talked the entire Afternoon. At the Evening, Madelyn is showing to Lynn and Edward their Rooms where they are going to sleep. The Valentine's Wood Mansion is Beautiful, inside it there's the Living Room, the Kitchen, the Dinning Room, a Office and a Small Library in the First Floor. In the Second Floor, there are the Rooms, Anthony and Madelyn's Room, Amanda's Bedroom and two other Rooms where Taylor and Tom are staying and the last Rooms where Edward and Lynn are going to sleep, where their doors stays in front of each one.

   Madelyn: Here, Edward, the Bedroom on your Left is yours, and Lynn, your is the one on the Right side of the Hall.

   Edward: Thank you Misses Valentine.

   Madelyn: Your Welcome Edward.

Edward enters in the Lynn's Bedroom and he sees a Guitar leaning on Lynn's Bed. Edward sits on the chair next to the Guitar and picks it. When he was going to start to play the Guitar Lynn comes in, Edward gets scared, he stands up and puts the Guitar back where it was before.

   Edward: Sorry. I was just looking it.

   Lynn: There's no problem. I wish I could play the Guitar, you know? To get rid of some of the Sadness.

  Edward looks at her and picks the Guitar again. He sits on the Chair and starts to play a song called "Love of My Life" of a Band called Queen. He starts to play it and Lynn sits on her bed listening to him. Edward starts to mold the Chords and play the notes, just playing the song, but not singing it.

  Lynn looks at him and to his hands playing the song, that actually, is a really Beautiful song. Edward finishes the song, and looks at Lynn.

   Lynn: So... You can play Guitar.

   Edward: Yeah... Just to get rid of some of the Sadness.

Lynn smiles.

   Lynn: What song is that?

   Edward: it's called "Love of My Life".

   Lynn: Don't you Sing?

   Edward: No, I am a bad singer.

   Lynn: I've never heard it. But it's beautiful.

    Edward: I think you've Heard the Band Queen before. But this song is not that Famous, not yet.

Edward stands up and puts the Guitar back where it was before, he goes to the Bedroom Door.

   Edward: So... I'm going to my Room, and.... Good Night.

Edward smiles to Lynn.

   Lynn: Good Night Edward.

Edward goes out of the Lynn's Bedroom and walks to his Bedroom closing his door. Inside his Room, he puts his Bag on the Bed's side and lays on the Bed. Lynn, in her Bedroom in front of Edward's, she closes her door, and she prepare herself to sleep, when Taylor and Amanda enters in her room, they say that Tom feel asleep like a rock, they three pass part of the Night talking. While Edward goes to sleep, he takes his Dairy and writes on it.

   Edward's Dairy: "Today in the Morning I, Don, Arthur, John and Louis talked with the Sheriff of Elkton and his Partners about our "Good Actions" in the past days. Of course, I did catch Jeremy The Lucky back in Massachusetts, and I talked with Margaret The Luxurious too, but, apparently Don said that He took care of the Situation with Margaret, giving him the same fame as I did, now, the Sheriffs of some cities think that, Me and Don are "Bounty Hunters", and obviously that's not true. After that, we Came back to the New Camp in Maryland, there I talked to Lynn and we decided to go Finally see her Family, that are living in a Big Wood Mansion in Delaware, New Castle County. Going to her Family, on the road, I heard screams and I decided to see what was it, and I ended up almost being probably what looked like to be sacrificed by a Cult, these people that almost did this to me looked like the Guys back in Massachusetts that tried to Rape the Niece of that Old Man next to a river.

   Whatever.

   I met part of Lynn's family, and, they are really cool, they seemed to be Good people. Now I'm going to try to sleep in one of the Bedrooms in the second floor of The Valentine's Manor, right in front of Lynn's Bedroom. I played Guitar for her. It's been a while since I've done this to someone, and she said that she wish she could play Guitar, I Don't know how much longer I'll be with her, if her parents are the ones who contracted me, probably soon I'll be going alway. I don't know actually. I'm really indecisive these past days. I need to rest."

Edward drawn the Mansion before, and now, he draws his Bedroom. After that, he lies on the Bed and tries to sleep. He close his eyes...

  After a Few seconds he open his eyes, he stands up and goes to the Bedroom Door, he opens it and faces New York City, he is somehow not Anymore in Delaware or even in Valentine's Manor, he is now on the top of a Building in New York, Edward obviously is really confused, he looks behind him and the Bedroom Door wasn't there anymore, he looks again to New York, is at Night, he is seeing the Empire State Building and the sight of a Night in New York, Edward looks to the Buildings in the City and he sees Digital Signs on some Building Walls, Signs saying "December 17th 1999, Danger Warning", Edward doesn't know what to do, he's scared and mainly confused, it's when he looks to the Sky and sees a strong light coming, his eyes get used to the Light and he sees a City in the Sky, a City falling to the Ground and attacking New York with Missiles, Edward is terrified. He looks to New York again and he sees the Missiles destroying Buildings on streets, he looks to the Flying City again and a Missile comes to his direction, to get the Building where Edward is, Edward screams scared and he close his eyes.

  Edward wakes up screaming.

   Edward: AAAAH! Rhiannon! Rhiannon! Rhiannon. Rhiann...

Edward look around him, he is on the Bed. What happened before was just a dream, and now he woke up at the Middle of the Night. He sits on the edge of the Bed and thinks about what he just dreamed, Lynn opens his Bedroom Door.

   Lynn: Edward?! Edward?

She stays on the door, Edward turns back and looks at her.

   Lynn: Are you ok? I heard Screams.

   Edward: Y-Yes I am. I just had a Nightmare.

   Lynn: So, is everything all right?

   Edward: Yes, I think so.

   Lynn: I'll come back to my Bed, ok?

   Edward: Ok.

Lynn closes the Door and Edward stays sitting on the Bed, he looks to the Window of his Bedroom and he sees the Sky, full of Stars, with a Shinning Moon. He stands up and goes to the Window. He looks at the Sky wondering it and forgetting his Nightmare. He closes the Window and the Curtains and goes back to the Bed, he lies on the Bed and sleeps.

  In the Morning, Edward wakes up, now after a good sleep. He stands up and changes his clothes, he wears his Red Plaid Shirt, his Blue colored Pants, his Brown Shoes and his Suspenders, he goes to the Bathroom brush his Teeth. Edward hears Lynn playing her Flute at the Balcony, he goes to there and sees Lynn Leaning on the Balcony playing her Flute while the Sunlight brights on her Hair, he calmly walks to her and she turns quickly back looking at him.

   Lynn: Oh Edward! Good Morning.

   Edward: Morning... You said you didn't know how to play the Guitar but you can play really well the Flute.

Edward smiles.

   Lynn: Well, thank you, the Flute was one of the things that I tried to learn while inside that Tower. And what about you? When you decided to Learn how to play Guitar?

   Edward: Well, it's kind of a Long Story. But, music is a way that I find to distract myself, to feel feelings that I never felt before, to make my day happier, so for me, Learn how to play something was kind of Natural.

   Lynn: I feel the same.

Says Lynn smiling and looking to Edward's Eyes.

   Lynn: And, How was your Night? I remember hearing you when you were sleeping.

   Edward: That was just a Nightmare, the rest of the night was great.

   Lynn: What was it?

   Edward: What was what?

   Lynn: Your Nightmare.

   Edward: I was in New York City. I was scared and confused, but, it's normal to me to feel in that way but, in this dream, I was really emotional, and New York was Burning.

   Lynn: What do you mean?

   Edward: Like, all the Buildings and Houses and, the entire City was Burning.

   Lynn: It sounds really Scary.

   Edward: Yeah. It was.

   Lynn: We are going to Silver Springs.

   Edward: Today?

   Lynn: Yes, I was able to make my Father's mind to accept going there to deal with Andrews.

   Edward: Andrews?

   Lynn: Yes, Zachary, his Full Name is Zachary Andrews.

   Edward: All right, and What about that Clint, do you think he is going to accept to help us easily?

   Lynn: No, judging by what my Father said, Clint probably is really close to Zachary and is not going to say anything about their plan.

   Edward: Did your Father meet this Clint? Because it doesn't look like your Father ever saw even Clint's Face once.

   Lynn: I don't know. What I did understand about what my Father told to us is that, Clint was never really there in the City, he is like... Part of the ending of Andrews' Plan.

   Edward: Like an important final part to conclude the Plan.

   Lynn: That's what I understood.

   Edward: When are we going?

   Lynn: As soon as possible for you.

Edward looks around and to his bag and again around.

   Edward: Yeah, I ready to go.

   Lynn: Me too, let's go downstairs.

Lynn and Edward goes out of the Balcony and goes downstairs to the Living Room.

   Lynn: They are going with us.

   Edward: You mean, your Family?

   Lynn: Yes. But we are going separated, ok? You and me go on your Horse and they, in their vehicle.

They go to the Living Room, they say goodbye to Jarvis and go out of the House, Edward take everything he needs and Pets Texas, Lynn calls Edward to go to the Backyard of the Manor to see the others.

   Lynn: C'mon Edward, Let's go see the others before they go.

   Edward: Ok. What did you mean when you said that they are going in their vehicl...

They go to the Backyard and Edward sees a Big car that doesn't look like any other car or Vehicle that he saw before, it was the Anthony's Land Cruiser, his car. The car is really Futuristic for 1977, Edward is doubting how could they have this Technology to build this type of Car.

   Edward: God. Is this a Car?!

   Lynn: Yes it is.

Says Lynn laughing.

Madelyn comes to them with a happy face.

   Madelyn: Good Morning Mister Levinson! We are already going, ok Lynn?

   Edward: Morning Misses Valentine.

   Lynn: You are already going?!

   Madelyn: Yes! Just waiting for Taylor get dressed.

Says Madelyn rolling her eyes.

Anthony comes from the Car to Edward and Lynn talk to them, he stops and stays next to Madelyn.

   Anthony: Look Edward, you're with my Daughter. I know she can take care of her self by her own, but! You must Protect her, understand?

Lynn looks at Edward.

   Edward: Yes. I promise her safety.

   Anthony: Thank you Son. Thank you so much for this.

Lynn smiles while looking to Edward's Face.

   Madelyn: Oh Edward... Thank you for bringing her to us again.

Madelyn's eyes start to share a Tear while looking at Edward and Lynn, Anthony and Madelyn turns back and goes in direction of the Big Car, Madelyn screams calling Taylor to get ready to go to Silver Springs, at that moment Edward runs to Anthony to say something before they go.

   Edward: Anthony! Mister Valentine!

   Anthony: Yes Edward.

   Edward: Don't get me wrong but. Weren't you and your Wife the ones who Contracted me?

   Anthony: Contracted you? What do you Mean?

   Edward: Well, forget about that. I'm just... With a lot of things inside my head.

   Anthony: Are you ok Edward?

   Edward: Yes, just... This is a different time of my life. A lot of things happening, you know?

   Anthony: I understand you. An advice. Just relax your mind. I know what we are doing now is something really different than relaxing but, try to relax your mind, not get stressed, and take the bad things from your life.

   Edward: Thank you Mister Valentine.

   Anthony: Call me just Anthony. You are someone really important to me now.

Says Anthony smiling.

Edward smiles back to him shaking his head and turns back to Lynn. Madelyn, Amanda and Tom are already inside the car just waiting for Taylor, Anthony goes inside the car too when Taylor appears running to get in the car, Edward looks back and just hears Madelyn scolding Taylor, Lynn, looking at them, laughs about the situation. When Edward passes by Lynn, she grabs his Arm.

   Lynn: Wait! You are almost missing the best part.

   Edward: What?

Edward looks to the Car. The car's wheels turned to the inside of the car making a space between the car and the Ground and incredibly, Making the Car fly among the green Lawn behind the Valentine's Manor. Edward stays paralyzed looking at this and Lynn, stays looking at his Face laughing.

   Lynn: It's Amazing, isn't it?

   Edward: Oh my God.

The Car starts to Fly in direction of the Sky going through the Clouds.

   Edward: God! What the Hell was that!?

Says Edward extremely surprised.

   Lynn: This is one of the three Flying Cars of Silver Springs.

   Edward: God! This was incredible! A Flying Car?

   Lynn: Oh! You liked it didn't you?!

   Edward: If I liked it? Of course I did! This is... Just, surreal... H-How?

   Lynn: Let's go back to Silver Springs and I tell you.

   Edward: Ok. Ok.

They go to Texas and Edward opens his Dairy to draw and write about what he just saw.

   Edward's Dairy: "These days are just getting more and more crazier for me. What happened now!? I just saw a floating Car of Lynn's Family. I'm speechless.

  Now, me and Lynn are going back to Silver Springs, and now, with her family too, they were the ones inside that Floating Car, Lynn and I are going separated from them to avoid the reaction of Silver Springs' people to Lynn, since she was saved and The Birdman is trying to get her back. I think we are going to the Fleetwood District in Silver Springs, where are the Houses and Mansions of important people who live there. And again, after I saw a Flying City, I thought I would never be surprised with another thing in my life, but a Flying Car?!... Thinking now, after a Flying City, seeing a Flying Car is not that surprising."

   Lynn: Are we going?

Edward looks to Lynn and close his Dairy.

   Edward: Oh! Yeah. Let's go.

Edward gets up on Texas with Lynn at Texas' Back.

   Edward: Where are we going now?

   Lynn: Listen, just follow my instructions, ok?

   Edward: Ok. Guide me.

Edward goes to the Road and asks Lynn.

   Edward: Where do I go.

   Lynn: Go ahead on the Road, when I say to you to turn left, you turn left all right?

   Edward: Ok.

Edward go ahead on the Road, now, after he saw Lynn's Family, heard what Anthony had to say he is beginning to change his Mind and deciding to help Lynn and Silver Springs, he's noticing that this job he received wasn't just to get the Girl, was something bigger, from someone bigger, bigger than the Valentines apparently, and now, he is seeing the opportunity he has on his hands, to simply, save an entire civilization Living in a City that it is almost collapsing. And also, he is feeling something with Lynn, something that he didn't feel in a long time. Edward was part of bad things, but he noticed the bad in it, and now, he is trying to put his life on the right Way, before it's too late.

   Lynn: Now Edward, turn to the left.

   Edward: All right.

Edward turns Texas to the Left side of the road going through a Trail between the Trees, he sees at the end among the Trees a Capsule, just like the Capsules that he used to go to Silver Springs back in Maine. But this one looks older and not that good.

   Edward: Is this a Capsule?

   Lynn: Yes it is! This is how we are going to Silver Springs.

   Edward: But, does Texas fit in it?

   Lynn: Yes. I mean. I think so. This is a relatively large Capsule, maybe Texas will go with his head down but nothing uncomfortable for him.

Edward stops Texas next to the Capsule and he and Lynn goes to it. Lynn opens the Capsule and Edward waits for her to prepare it for the ride.

   Edward: Well, yes Texas can go there.

   Lynn: Yes. It actually Large here. C'mon!

Lynn, Edward and Texas get in the Capsule, Edward stops there and looks around trying to understand something.

   Edward: Ok, but, How are we going?

   Lynn: Weren't you in a Capsule to get in the City?

   Edward: Yes I was but, there was some Silver Rails guiding the Capsule.

   Lynn: Wait just a second.

Lynn press some buttons in the Capsule and it starts to fly in direction of the Sky, making Edward and Texas scared.

   Edward: Wait Texas! Keep Calm, calm Boy.

   Lynn: You look scared too Edward.

Says Lynn laughing.

   Edward: Ok, that was impressive... Again.

   Lynn: Here we go.

The Capsule starts to gain altitude.

   Edward: Wait. Are we flying?

   Lynn: Yes! Isn't it Amazing?!

   Edward: Yes! But you said that only your Family's Car and more three are the Vehicles that... That Can fly!

   Lynn: Well, this Capsule is old and it was like a, Prototype for Flying things beside the own City. My Family used to use this Capsule, but one day it stoped working.

   Edward: And now we are inside it going up and up. Is this safe?

   Lynn: It is. Trust me.

She looks at Edward... Edward looks at her.

   Edward: You are scaring me.

Lynn laughs.

   Lynn: HAHA! It's fine! Trust me!

   Edward: Ok. And how do we know that this Capsule is going to Silver Springs and not another random place?

   Lynn: This Capsule is projected to go to only a few places, and Silver Springs is the main Destiny.

   Edward: Right. Calm Texas, calm.

A recorded voice starts to talk from inside the Capsule.

   Recorded Voice: "Reached 10 thousand Feet. Hallelujah"

   Lynn: I never get bored of this part. "Hallelujah".

At this Moment, The Capsule pass through the Clouds revealing the Stunning view of Silver Springs, and again, Edward stays paralyzed looking through the Window the entire City, this time, from other point of view, he sees Lynn's Tower again in the background and the sun behind the City of Silver Springs, shinning the entire City. The Capsule goes in direction of the New County District, at the south part of the City.

   Lynn: It's beautiful, isn't it?

   Edward: ... Yes. It is.

Edward looks at Lynn and she looks at him, the sun Shines the entire interior of the Capsule, when Texas starts to make strange noises and get Scared of something, Edward turns to him trying to keep him calm.

   Edward: Calm Boy, what's the matter? Hey, keep calm.

   Lynn: Did you hear this?

   Edward: What?

Something pass next to the Capsule and hits it, Edward put his hand on his Gun.

   Edward: What's happening?!

   Lynn: I don't know!

The Capsule starts to shake, and then, The Birdman. He appeared breaking the Window of the Capsule, Texas gets really scared and Edward tries to contain him, but also, he has to help Lynn from the Hands of The Birdman.

The Birdman takes Lynn and flies with her to the City while she screams calling Edward.

   Lynn: Edward!

   Edward: No! Lynn!

The Capsule starts to play an alarm and to fall into the City, Edward stays trying to hold Texas and also praying for this not end in a bad way.

   Edward: Shit! Hold on Texas!

The Capsule Falls on the Ground at the Backyard of a Big Church, also known as The Silver Springs Church. Fortunately, The Capsule was able to hold on the fall and not hurt Edward and Texas so much, Edward is laying on the inside of the Capsule he hears Texas and opens his Eyes, he runs to Texas to help him get out of the Capsule, and he did, with Texas out, Edward goes out too, he goes to Texas looking for any injuries.

   Edward: Oh God Texas! Please, please, be ok.

Texas walks a little and then lays on the ground resting.

   Edward: Oh... Thank God you're good.

Edward looks to Texas left Leg and he sees an Injury.

   Edward: Oh Buddy, stay here, I'm coming to help you with this, ok? I'll be back here.

At this Moment, he enters inside the church from the Backdoors. Going inside it, you can see the Medieval Architecture of the Church that looks like a Small Castle, he sees at the end of the Hall where he is stairs going down to somewhere, he goes downstairs and sees the beautiful windows of the Church being illuminated by the light of the Sun. At the end of the stairs there's a big  Monument of the City at the Middle of another small hall that leads to other stairs and two other rooms, this floor has water on ground, water that reflects the lights of the fire of a lot of candles around the hall, Edward goes to the stairs where is a Man wearing white priest clothes, Edward goes to talk to him.

   Edward: Hello... Uhmmm, Could you please help me?

   Man: Of course Brother.

   Edward: Where Am I?

   Man: Well, Paradise my Friend, or at the closest thing we have to heaven.

   Edward: Thank you.

Edward goes downstairs and says to himself.

   Edward: Where the hell I am?

At the end of the stairs, Edward sees a bigger part of the Church, where there are people at the end of another hall with the ground covered by water. This Hall has some pillars dividing it in Three small Halls with people walking on it going until the end. At the end of the Halls there is a small stair with some people on it praying. Edward approaches the small stairs and hears the Priest talking with the people there, as Edward gets near to him the people makes a way to Edward that leads to the Priest.

   Priest: And All of You Brothers and Sisters! All! You shall be protected! Shall be born again if you need! Shall have the better to your Life!... Oh, oh. Is it someone new? Come Brother! Come here.

   Edward: Are you talking to me?

Edward looks around and everyone is looking at him.

   Priest: Yes! Come here.

Edward goes to the Priest that is surrounded by the water of the Baptism. He goes down the small stairs to the water and stays at the side of the Priest, who took Edward's left arm.

   Priest: Look! Look! Mister, are you wanting a new way in your life!?

Edward looks at him with a surprised face and confused at the same time.

   Edward: Y-Yes... Yes I am.

   Priest: Are you ready to face a new World!?

   Edward: I-I am.

   Priest: Are you Ready to see your life in a New Way!?

   Edward: I am!

   Priest: Are you ready to be Born Again!?

   Edward: Yes, I am.

   Priest: So, let's begin.

The Priest holds Edward by his neck and puts him into the water, he takes him out of the water, and do this again.

   Priest: He doesn't look clean to me!

The Priest puts Edward again under the Water.

Edward wakes up out of the Church at a small Fountain, he gets up and looks around, he sees statues around the Church of Important Religious People.

   Edward: Oh God... That Priest has to know the difference between Baptism and Drowing.

He stands up and goes to the front of the Church, Edward turns back and he is now at the New County District, where there are diverse tipes of Cultures, where Edward is, is the Silver Springs Church, the biggest Church in the City. He looks back and sees some stairs going to the streets of Silver Springs, he goes upstairs to the Street, he starts to hear something coming from the sky, Edward looks to the sky and sees The Birdman, again, with Lynn on his arms. Edward gets scared and runs after The Birdman, he picks his Gun and really carefully aims to The Birdman.

   Edward: Remember what Arthur taught you.

Edward fires the Gun, it hits one of the Birdman's Wings making him start to fall, Edward runs after them to get Lynn before she falls, after Edward's shot the people around got scared and ran away from there. Edward continues to run after them until he gets at the edge of the Island where he is. Edward stoped at the Edge of the District's island, he points his gun to The Birdman and shoots him again, making him fall right in front of Edward. Edward has no other option to catch Lynn besides jumping out of the Island and grabbing her in the air, so, he do it.

  Edward jumps in the air to catch Lynn, and incredibly he did it, he jumped and grabbed Lynn Hugging her.

   Lynn: You Made it!

   Edward: I did!

   Lynn: And we are falling!

   Edward: Yes, we ARE!

Edward Hugs Lynn stronger and they fall, Lynn, Edward and The Birdman.

  After the Fall, Lynn opened her eyes, because fortunately, they Fell into the water of the Beach of Silver Springs that takes place right under the New County District, and, if someone crazy enough to jump out of the Island fall there, he or she is not going to die, since, it's a Fall of some Meters. Lynn stands up and runs to see Edward that is unconscious at the Edge of the Beach laying on the sand. She goes to him and tries talk to him, and she only hears Edward whispering a name, repeatedly and repeatedly, "Rhiannon"... "Rhiannon"...

   Lynn: Edward! Please say something!

   Edward: Rhia... Lynn?

   Lynn: Oh! Thank God you are all right.

   Edward: Lynn... Is that you? Or the Priest again? Not again!

   Lynn: You must be still dreaming.

Says Lynn laughing.

   Edward: God.

   Lynn: Where did you hear that name?

   Edward: What? Where are we?

   Lynn: Forget about it.

Edward looks around.

   Edward: Where are we?

   Lynn: Back in the land of the Living. Actually, at the Silver Springs' Beach.

   Edward: Wait, What? A Beach?!

   Lynn: Wait. Can you hear this?

   Edward: Yes, Uhmmm, Music?

   Lynn: There's a party going on over there! I'm going! I promise, I won't be long, not going to leave you.

   Edward: Ok, ok. Just... Gimme a second...

   Lynn: Of course! Of course! I won't be Long!

Lynn runs. Edward stays a few seconds more laying on the sand and then he stands up, Edward shakes his clothes taking off big part of the sand on it, he looks around and sees the Beach. The Beach is like a normal beach except by the Fact that it's on the air of course, there's people hanging out, enjoying the Sun's Light and other things. The Beach ends meters away from the shore simulating the Ocean, but at the end, there's a Waterfall where the Life-Guards recommend to not go because of the danger. Edward looks around and again, he sees people hanging out, buying Ice Cream, eating and drinking, he walks to a Girl sitting on the Sand.

                            1977

                    Silver Springs

                     Eden District

   Edward: Excuse me, did you see a Girl around here?

   Girl: No, but, if you want to hang out, I'm looking for a partner.

   Edward: Thanks for the invite but I gotta Go.

Edward goes talk to Two other Couples around there.

    Edward: Excuse me, have you seen a Girl passing here?

   Woman: Be more specific Friend.

   Edward: A Girl in her 20s, Blonde hair, Brown clothes.

   Man: Nope. I saw nothing.

   Woman: Me too.

   Edward: Whatever, Thank you.

Edward sees a Man steps away and he goes talk to him.

   Edward: Hey Excuse me, I'm looking for Girl..

   Man: Who's not my friend!

Says the Man laughing.

   Edward: Did you see a Girl? In her 20s, Blonde hair, Freckles.

   Man: Well I think I did, she went through there.

The Man pointed to a white wood construction that divides the Beach in two parts.

   Edward: Thank you.

   Man: Well, I got a good eye for those things if you know what I mean, ahm?

   Edward: O-Ok...

Edward goes through this White Wood Construction, inside it there are posters of Silver Springs, about this part of the City at the Eden Center District, where is the Amusement Park just like Disneyland, besides the Beach, that actually, looks really like a Water Park. Edward goes to the other side of the Construction to the other part of the Beach. The other part of the Beach has more Bars and Places for the People besides the own Beach, getting there, Edward starts to hear Music, apparently there's a Band or just people playing instruments and dancing. Edward walks to this Little White Wood Bridge that pass over the water of the Beach and leads to where the People are having Fun, as Edward goes he sees that there's a Man playing Piano, a Woman playing Violin, another Man playing Guitar, another Woman playing an Acoustic Bass and people dancing, he starts to look closely to see if Lynn is there. Getting closer he noticed that Lynn is actually dancing with those people too. Getting there, Edward tries to call Lynn.

   Edward: Hey Lynn!

She continues to dance.

   Edward: Lynn, Lynn!

The instruments are too loud, besides the people dancing and talking, so Lynn doesn't hear Edward so clear. And she now is dancing with a Man the very Happy Music that is playing.

   Edward: C'mon Lynn!

Lynn hears Edward and goes talk to him.

   Lynn: Edward! C'mon! Let's Dance!

   Edward: What?

   Lynn: Yes! Gimme your hands!

Lynn stands her hands in front of Edward.

   Lynn: Let's go!

   Edward: I-I...

   Lynn: C'mon!

Lynn grabs Edward's hands and takes him to dance.

   Lynn: Here, put your foot here, hold my hand, and let the Music Guide you.

   Edward: Mhmm.

They start to dance, as the music gets more agitated, Edward Starts to dance with more confidence, dancing really well with Lynn. They keep dancing and Edward while making his dancing moves guides Lynn to out of this little party there, going back to the sand of the Beach.

   Lynn: See! You can dance!

   Edward: Yeah!

   Lynn: Why did you resist to come to dance!?

   Edward: Well, a good Dancer does not reveal his Abilities as a Good Magician doesn't show how to do his tricks.

   Lynn: This Doesn't even make sense!

Says Lynn laughing.

   Lynn: But it was a good excuse.

   Edward: Now, C'mon we gotta go.

   Lynn: Let's go! We didn't enjoy the City last time we were here.

Edward and Lynn walks to the street of the Beach were there are Comercial Tends, selling things like Foods and Tools.

   Edward: What's happening here?

   Lynn: Where we are is at the Eden Center District, the Beach part, where it also has a lot of attractions and Games, some days, here, they do this Event with all those Tends selling things.

   Edward: Interesting.

They walk through the Event and they face a Couple of a Man and a Woman, wearing Green Suits and selling something.

   The Man: Excuse me.

   Lynn: Look!

The Couple are selling Collars and Walkmans. Edward approach them too and stays at Lynn's side.

The Couple has a British accent.

   Lynn: Look at this! A Walkman!

   The Man: The price is Good my dear Couple.

   Edward: Oh.

   Lynn: Oh, we are not a couple.

   The Woman: But could make a Great one.

Lynn smiles to the Lady and then to Edward.

   Edward: Well... How much is it, of course, if you want it Lynn.

   Lynn: Could you buy it for me?!

   Edward: Of course.

   Lynn: Thank you! Yes, I would love to have one of these!

Edward buys the Walkman for her, but, he found this Walkman strange, because he never had seen one in his life before, he never heard the name "Walkman" before.

   Edward: Here.

   Lynn: Thank you!

Lynn kiss Edward on his cheek.

The Couple opens a Little Notebook and writes something on it.

   The Man: Well, looks like..

   The Woman: Another time he choose to buy it.

   The Man: I thought about the Collars.

   The Woman: But he didn't buy it last time.

   The Man: Your are not wrong.

They go away.

   Edward: I feel like I have seen those two in multiple days in my Life.

   Lynn: Well, Familiar Faces appears sometimes really often in our lives.

   Edward: Indeed.

Edward and Lynn, go ahead at the street going outside the Event, there they got a good sight of part of the City, Lynn runs to the Edge of the island of the District looking to the sight where, at the background there's Lynn's Tower with It's roof broken, the New County District and part of the Eden District. Edward follows Lynn.

   Lynn: Look! My Tower.

   Edward: Yeah, it is.

People around there are talking about how could this happen and no one see it happening, doubting where is Lynn and her Savior, and How could The Birdman let this happen and why is he still alive or free.

   Edward: And there's The Birdman.

   Lynn: What?!

Edward points to him and Lynn sees right ahead The Birdman laying on the street and some people scared. They walk to The Birdman, see if he is alive or not, or if they can try to incapacitate him in some way. A little Boy at the sidewalk with his parents, points to Lynn and say something to his parents.

   Lynn: Maybe he's gone now.

   Edward: I don't know. I think it's better to keep distance.

Lynn knee in front of The Birdman and puts her hand on his right shoulder, the Kid with his parents says out loud.

   Boy: It's her Father! It's her! Look Mom!

   Father: What's he talking about?

   Mother: Who's is her?

   Boy: It's Lynn! The Princess! It's her!

Lynn looks to them with a smile in her Face.

   Father: And him, must be her Savior?

   Mother: I don't know honey.

Lynn stands up and talks to Edward, giving her back to The Birdman's body.

   Lynn: I think We are caughting too much attention.

   Edward: Yeah, me too. It's better to keep moving.

Lynn looks at Edward and when she was about to say something to him.

   Lynn: Edward, I want to tell you abou.....

The Birdman stands up and Grabs her again.

   Lynn: NO!

   Edward: LYNN!

The people around gets scared and runs back getting a safety distance from them. The Birdman Flies, even with one of his wings hurt, and Edward doesn't even have the chance to stop him. Edward tries to Run but it doesn't help him.

   Edward: NO! LYNN! Lynn... SHIT!... Dammit!

He knees and puts his hand on the Ground. He is thinking of how, how could the things get worse and why it did, He looks around and some teenages come to talk to him.

   Girl: Are you... A-Are you the Lynn's Savior?

   Boy: Are you?

   Edward: Just a second.

Edward stands up.

   Other Girl: Are you Lynn's Savior? I bet you are.

   Boy: C'mon! Are you or not?

   Edward: Yes I... Yes, I saved her some days ago.

   Other Boy: I said it to you!

Says the Boy pointing to one of the Girls.

   Girl: Ah C'mon!

   Other Girl: We made a bet about you being The Lynn's Savior.

    Other Boy: Thanks Man! Now this five Bucks are mine!

Edward looks around again. These two Boys walks out with one of the Girls and the other Girl stays to talk with Edward.

   Girl: Did you really save her?

   Edward: Yes.

Says Edward looking down.

   Girl: You are not Lying to me, are you?

   Edward: No I'm not.

   Girl: So, that Girl was really Lynn.

   Edward: Yes.

   Girl: What you gonna do now?

   Edward: I'm thinking.

Says Edward in a Sad tone.

   Girl: I know that this is not the Perfect time to start a Conversation but, what's your name?

   Edward: E-Edward. I'm Edward.

   Girl: Edward, if you are worried about Lynn's Life, trust me, The Birdman is not going to hurt her. It's his job keep her safe. If I could help you, I would do it.

Edward looks at her and Remembers about Texas.

   Edward: And maybe you can. Here, where I can find a Veterinarian?

   Girl: Oh, well, there's actually one here on the Street.

   Edward: Please, show me where it is.

The Girl says to her friends that she will help Edward and then, they go to the Veterinary. Getting in there Edward talks to the attendant, asking for medicine to Texas, Fortunately they had the right medicine for Horses, Edward buys it and then goes out of the Veterinary, and talks to the Girl.

   Edward: Just one more thing, how can I get to this place?

Says Edward pointing up to the New County District.

   Girl: Oh, the New County District.

   Edward: Well... Yes.

   Girl: You're not from here, aren't you?

   Edward: Is that obvious?

   Girl: Yeah, it kinda is. Whatever, you can take the Elevators right there.

The Girl points to the place where you have access to the Elevator at a corner on the street.

   Girl: Just go there and it's done.

   Edward: Thank you, thank you so much ahm, ahm?

   Girl: My name is Elise.

   Edward: Thank you Elise.

   Elise: Your Welcome Savior.

Says Elise, the Girl, Laughing.

Edward turns back and runs to the Elevators, he goes up to New County District with hurry because of Texas. Edward gets there and imediatly runs to the Big Church that can be seen by the Elevator, he goes behind the Church where Texas is, getting there, Texas was still laying on the Ground resting and waiting for Edward come.

   Edward: Buddy! I'm here, I am here.

Edward bandages Texas' Leg and tries to make him stand up.

   Edward: C'mon Texas, you are a big guy, help me too.

Texas looks at him and stands up.

   Edward: I know it hurts, and sorry that I wasted time back down there.

Edward pets Texas, he gives him an Apple and medicine for Horses while he looks to the sky thinking of what he could do now.

Meanwhile.

  After The Birdman run away with Lynn from Edward, they didn't go too far, when The Birdman started to Fly some Meters away, something did hit him, making him fall again with Lynn on his arms, they fell still in the Eden District. After the fall, Lynn was still on The Birdman's arms, she crawled out of his arms and she saw someone right ahead from her, she saw a Silhouette of a Man standing in front of her and walking to her, as if he was waiting for this, the Man stands his arm giving his hand to Lynn, she takes his hand and stands up and Looks at his face, he is a Man with Blonde hair, shaved beard and dark blue eyes, and this was when she realized that he is...

   Lynn: Leonard!?

   Leonard: It's been a while, isn't it?

   Lynn: Wait. You did hit him?

   Leonard: Yes Lynn, I did. Your Savior, the real Savior.

Leonard goes a step back.

   Leonard: I was waiting for this moment since... Since... Since when the tale was created! I was waiting, and I knew! That I was the right Man to do this and save you from the Hands of The Birdman.

   Lynn: But... Leonard.

   Leonard: C'mon Lynn I have to take you back to your Family, your Home, let's go to Fleetwood District.

   Lynn: Leonard, Someone already took me out of the Tower.

   Leonard: I know.

Says Leonard with a Despicable face.

   Leonard: When I came to you in your Tower...

        Days Ago.

  Leonard was with his mother, he was preparing himself to save Lynn, at her Birthday. He wore his clothes and went to the Tower without resisting, with his old Gifted Sword and his weapons to take Lynn from The Birdman, he got up on his Mechanical Horse and rode to the Tower, he went out of the Fleetwood District and passed by the Eden Center District, New County District and Small Town District getting to Lynn's Tower, passing by the Tower's Wood Bridge he got out of his Mechanical Horse, and noticed that the Door was already opened, he picked his sword and his Gun and went in the Tower, he passed by the first Hall and went to the stairs, he saw the other Halls but there was nothing, he continued going upstairs to Lynn's Bedroom that was opened and at that moment he saw the broken roof and her bed, he saw a Silhouette laying on the Bed so, he went to the there and opened the curtains of her Bed, revealing.... A Man reading a Book.

   Leonard: WHAT!?

   Man: H-Hey partner.

   Leonard: What the hell are you doing here?! And, who are you!?

   Man: Well, the Tower is empty now so, I decided to come here to pass a time.

   Leonard: The Tower is empty?

   Man: Yes. Didn't you see what happened here?

   Leonard: Jesus. Who are you?!

   Man: My name is Jessie McGraw but, you can call me just McGraw, but, I'm also known as The Bad Wolf.

   Leonard: Ah, You are The Bad Wolf.

   McGraw: Yes. I assume you heard of me.

   Leonard: Yes I did. But. Ok. What happened here and why Lynn is not here?!

   McGraw: I said before, someone already got her.

   Leonard: No. Dammit!

   McGraw: Sorry Friend.

   Back to Lynn and Leonard at the Present.

  Leonard looks at Lynn and takes her hand.

   Leonard: So, that's what happened. Now, C'mon, my Dear Mom and the others are waiting for us at the Fleetwood District in your House.

   Lynn: Are my parents there?!

   Leonard: I Don't know. Maybe that are they.

Says Leonard pointing to the sky where a Big Flying Car is passing and landing on Silver Springs.

   Lynn: Yes! It is them!

   Leonard: So, let's go, they'll probably be waiting for m-Us.

Leonard goes with Lynn on his Mechanical Horse to Fleetwood District.

  Going back to New County District, Edward is on Texas riding on the Street going to the Bridge that connects the New County District to Eden Center District, Edward opens his Dairy, going ahead on the pages passing by his drawings and going to his last drawing, The Silver Springs Church.

   Edward's Dairy: "If the Things couldn't get worse, Lynn was caught again by The Birdman, I heard Shots after he grabbed her, I hope she is safe. Now, I'm going to the Eden Center District here in Silver Springs, I'll try to find a way to Lynn and get her back. I thought Texas was really hurt, thank God he wasn't, after that Fall, I thought I lost him, but he's a really strong Guy and a Good Friend.

   I have to find Lynn."

  Edward rides through the Bridge and goes to the Eden Center District. Getting there Edward sees some Movement around the area, a Lot of people passing on the sidewalks, Edward looks ahead and sees the Flying Car of the Valentines arriving at Silver Springs, their Car is landing on a square where all the people are going, Edward stops Texas because of the amount of people there and goes walking to the Valentines. Guards start to appear there and to control the people around making distance from the Valentines. Edward continues to walk, as he gets closer he starts to walk more and more slowly because of the people around trying to see the Valentines, at the point where Edward stops and stays looking at the Car trying to see them. When Edward stops walking Anthony Valentine goes out of the Car, following by Madelyn, Amanda, Taylor and Tom. A Reporter appears there and talks with Anthony and Madelyn.

   Reporter: So, We are here right next to Mister Anthony Valentine and Misses Madelyn Valentine, Founder and Co-Founder of Silver Springs and also Father and Mother of Miss Lynn Valentine. Mister Valentine, Where have you been and did you know what happened to your Daughter?

   Anthony: Good Morning Citizens of Silvers Springs and Good Morning dear Reporter. Yes Me and my Family knows about Lynn's situation and we have been down there just to hang out for a while and enjoy sometime in a different place.

   Reporter: And why did you come back so quickly? You have been just a few days down there or that was the plan?

   Anthony: We came back here just to take care of some business of the City, we had our time down there and now we came back to work on the City.

   Reporter: So, as you know about your Daughter, what could you tell us about it? Where is her Savior?! And why did some people see The Birdman Alive and Free?

   Anthony: These are good Questions and I can't answer all of them, we already Met Lynn's Savior and we know him. What I can say about Lynn is that we are meeting her here today.

   Reporter: So, Lynn is still here in Silver Springs?

   Anthony: Yes, or at least that's what I know.

Says Anthony smiling.

   Madelyn: Thank you for your interview but we gotta go.

   Anthony: Exactly Madelyn. Thank you for the interview.

The Report turns back to the Camera.

   Reporter: And this was Mister and Misses Valenti...

Suddenly Leonard and Lynn passes by the Square on the Mechanical Horse, he stops the Horse, takes Lynn off of it and walks to the Valentines.

   Reporter: Go! Record this!

   Leonard: Mister and Misses Valentine! I so glad to see you again.

   Anthony: Leonard?

   Madelyn: Leonard?!

   Leonard: Yes it's me.

   Reporter: It looks like Leonard O'Connell appeared here with Lynn.

   Leonard: I found Lynn back there on the arms of The Birman.

   Tom: Wait What?!

   Leonard: Yes little Tom, but I! Saved her.

   Amanda: Lynn!

Amanda runs to Lynn Hugging her.

   Amanda: Are you ok?

   Lynn: Yes I am.

   Leonard: I saved her from the Hands of The Birdman. And I, Ladies and Gentlemen, I'm Lynn's Savior!

The people around starts to clap for that, Edward is completely worried.

   Edward: Shit....

Madelyn grabs Anthony's arm and whispers.

   Madelyn: What do we do now?

   Anthony: I don't know....

Leonard takes Lynn on his Horse.

   Leonard: So, me and Lynn are going to Fleetwood District, we see you there!

Leonard rides in direction of Fleetwood District with Lynn.

   Anthony: Well.

   Madelyn: It's time to Go.

   Anthony: Thank you for the Interview.

   Reporter: And This was Mister Valentine and Misses Valentine here at the Fountain Square, I am Vicki Jones and you are watching Good Morning Silver Springs..... Cut! That was a good one.

   Cameraman: Yeah! That was!

Edward was nervous, he was waving to them and trying to caught attention from the Valentines but it didn't work, now the Valentines went back to the Car and they are now flying to the Fleetwood District. Edward puts his hands on his waist and he thinks about what he is going to do, he doesn't know the City. He looks around and sees some cops talking with some people, Edward can hear their talk, the Cops are talking to two Young Women.

   Cop: All right, so you two were not in New County District in the last hours. Uhmmm, but didn't you see a strange Guy?

One of the Women answers.

   Woman: Oh! I, I remember! Of course! I was at the Beach an hour ago, and I saw a strange man.

   Cop: Ok, tell me more about it.

   Woman: He was with a Girl, and I think I saw The Birdman..

   Cop: Exactly! How was he like?!

   Woman: Oh he was a Handsome guy. Like, a short straight hair, these haircuts dived to the left, you know?!

   Cop: Yes, Continue.

   Woman: He was Tall, Brown skin, and I think he has Blue eyes.

   Other Woman: Did you see it right?!

   Woman: Oh I saw it really well.

The two Women laughs.

   Cop: Ok, something more?

   Woman: Oh, he has a Moustache, with a small beard.

   Cop: What about his Facial Features?

   Woman: He has a medium Nose, Small eyebrows, Strong cheekbones, and a round Chin, and he is strong.

   Cop: Ok, that's enough, thanks Ladies.

   Other Woman: God, you were analyzing him so well! How much time you spent looking at him.

   Woman: Ah C'mon! It's not every day that you see a Guy like this!

Say the Women Laughing.

  Edward: Shit!

Edward whistles calling Texas while the people around begins to walk and disperse their selves, he gets up on Texas and turns back to the Street, Edward stops and looks around, he starts to think "What the hell Am I going to do Now?!". He looks to the Cops on the other side at the Square and he sees that they are writing and making notes about probably him, the  Guy they are going after

   Edward: Ok, it's better to keep Moving. What do I do Now?

  Edward sees at a store some meters away, a Couple of a Man and a Woman, wearing Green clothes, Edward rides to there to see them, as he gets closer, the Couple starts to wave to him, Edward gets off Texas and goes talk to them.

   Edward: Who are you Two and why are you Following me?!

   The Man: He's here. And, why isn't the Question, why are you Following us?

   The Woman: Yeah, we new that before. And we have always been here.

    The Man: Maybe he is still confused.

   The Woman: Yes, he's probably lost since Leonard got Lynn.

   Edward: God...

The Couple has a British accent.

   Edward: God. What do I do.

   The Woman: He definitely needs help.

   The Man: What can we do now?

   The Woman: Make him notice that he needs the Girl.

   The Man: But maybe he already knows this.

   The Woman: So, what he has to do Now is to be Intelligent.

   The Man: Make Good Alliances.

   The Woman: To know more about the City.

    The Man: And to know how to do the next step forward.

   The Woman: And also know the Story of the City, The O'Connell Family, The Valentine Family, the Founders.

   Edward: Actually... That's not a Bad Idea.

Edward turns back and he is confronted by a Man, with a long Brown Hair, Brown eyes, wearing a Cowboy Hat and what looks like Cowboy clothes, passing on the street right in front of the Store.

   Man: Hey Fella.

   Edward: Uhmmm... Hey?

   Man: Your name is Edward Robert Levinson, is that Right?

    Edward: How do you know my Name?

Says Edward preparing himself to start a fight.

   Man: Calm down Mister Moustache. I'm Jessie McGraw, but I'm also known as Bad Wolf, the fastest trigger in Silver Springs.

   Edward: So, Edward Levinson, as you already know.

   McGraw: It's a pleasure to meet you... In person. Well, I know you are in a little trouble right now, aren't ya?

   Edward: Yes, I Am, but quickly, say whatever you want to say to me.

   McGraw: I know what you are doing.

   Edward: What do you mean?

McGraw grabs Edward's arm pushing him to next to the wall.

   McGraw: I know that you and Lynn are trying to screw Zachary and his plan.

   Edward: Who are you?

   McGraw: Just a Guy who wants to change the World, or at least, this City.

   Edward: So, you are not here to Kill me or arrest me.

   McGraw: Boom. You're right.

   Edward: So, what's the deal?

   McGraw: You got the same objective as me, and I offering you my Help, and you will Help me too.

   Edward: And how can I trust you?

   McGraw: You know that just having this talk, at Columbia, we would be arrested and Killed in jail.

   Edward: Columbia?

   McGraw: And there's other part, you don't even know the City. Columbia is Zachary's District, where the son of a Bitch has his laws and makes there a Hell. Of course, for him, it's the Heaven.

   Edward: Ok. Judging by everything, maybe that's a Good Idea.

   McGraw: So... Deal?

   Edward: Shit. Deal.

They shake hands. 

   McGraw: YEAH! THAT'S GOING TO BE AWESOME!

  McGraw goes and Hugs Edward.

   Edward: Wait there Friend!

Says Edward laughing.

   McGraw: A Partner! All right, let's move on.

   Edward: Just wait a second.

Edward looks back to the store, and the Couple weren't there anymore.

   Edward: Ok. Ok, Let's go.

Says Edward laughing and starting to walk on the street with Jessie McGraw, The Bad Wolf.

   McGraw: Do you have a Horse Edward?

   Edward: I do. I mean, a real one.

   McGraw: That is more than enough. We gotta go to Fleetwood, there, is where Leonard O'Connell is with Lynn. I never liked this spoiled Child.

   Edward: Leonard, Spoiled Child, you gotta tell a lot to me about that City.

   McGraw: I see that you and Lynn didn't talk too much, Ahm?

   Edward: Actually, we did, but not about the past of the City.

  Edward whistles to Texas and McGraw gets up on his Mechanical Horse.

   Edward: Here Boy. Take this apple.

Edward pets Texas and gets up on him, he looks to McGraw with a serious face.

   Edward: First of all. How did you find me and how do you know who Am I and my "Mission" here?

   Mcgraw: Let's ride, I'll say everything to you in the way.

They start to ride their Horses, Edward covers his face while going out of the street because of the Cops around there.

   McGraw: I was a important Guy. Who done important things. Today I'm just trying to make the right decisions. So, I know how to search for someone.

   Edward: So, you're keeping the suspense about you.

   McGraw: Yeah. I searched for you. Obviously, I knew about Lynn and her Fate... I've been here for a long time Mister Levinson.

   Edward: So you could start talking about that Leonard O'Connell.

They go out of the street to the Bridge connecting the Eden Center District to the Fleetwood District.

   McGraw: Well, If your Idea is to take Lynn off Leonard's arms, Haha!

   Edward: But I will. I have to.

   McGraw: Leonard and Lynn were always "The Little Couple" of the Founders. Misses O'Connell always wanted to Leonard be Lynn's Boyfriend and at the Future her Husband.

   Edward: And, it Happened?

   McGraw: Not that I know.

   Edward: But why I wouldn't take Lynn back?

   McGraw: Because Leonard, and Especially his Mother Misses O'Connell, are two Manipulators, they will manage to Manipulate her and change her mind about everything, including YOU.

   Edward: Ah C'mon.

   McGraw: I'm telling you. Since Mister O'Connell died, Nora O'Connell turned into a Witch in my point of view.

   Edward: What are their names again?

   McGraw: Jeremiah O'Connell, The Father and Founder. Nora O'Connell, Jeremiah's Wife. And, Leonard O'Connell, the son.

   Edward: Why do you Think Misses O'Connell turned into a Witch?

   McGraw: Ha! She's crazy. I don't doubt that she uses Black Magic.

Edward looks at him with a surprised Face.

   McGraw: Haha! Just kidding!... Or not. Whatever, I assume that's why she is so crazy about Lynn, because of her Condition that was responsible for her inside that Tower.

   Edward: Condition? I've heard that before multiple times and I don't even know what is this?

   McGraw: Oh You don't know?! Let's you discover this by your own.

   Edward: Weren't you going to tell me all about this City?

   McGraw: Yes, but, there are somethings you have to discover by yourself.

   Edward: I don't know if I'm prepared for it.

   McGraw: You are. You came here to the City alone, just with your Friendly Horse and nothing else more besides a Letter for work.

   Edward: How do you know tha...

   McGraw: You entered The Tower, fought with The Birdman and you are alive, came back to Silver Springs and survived another Times against The Birdman. Edward, you are prepared, it's just you, who doesn't see it.

   Edward: Well... Thank you.

   McGraw: We are getting closer to the Fleetwood District, look!

Edward looks to the sight from the Bridge of the District, he sees how the district looks like, Edward sees at the Background the Big Sign of Fleetwood.

   Edward: This looks really like Hollywood.

   McGraw: That was the intention. However, we gotta go to that Big House right there.

McGraw points to the Horizon aiming to a Big House at the End of the District.

   Edward: I'm seeing it.

   McGraw: That, is the Valentine's House, and next to it, are the other Founders Houses.

   Edward: Talking about that, who are those Founders?

   McGraw: The people who Founded the City.

   Edward: Their names.

   McGraw: Zachary Andrews, a Great son of a Bitch. Anthony Valentine, you may already know him. Jeremiah O'Connell, Thomas Larkin, Scarlett Harley and Franklin Smith... Of course, Julianne and Juliann Lowell helped with the Foundation of the City.

   Edward: These names sound Familiar.

   McGraw: Yeah, they are the Founders.....

   Edward: Ugh, it's been a long day.

   McGraw: Get used to it. There'll be more days like this one. You still have things to be done down there, with your "Family".

   Edward: I'm starting to get scared of you.

   McGraw: I Am not the one who you have to fear, trust me.

   Edward: Continuing, It's not even  12 Am yet.

    McGraw: Stay calm there Friend, we are getting in Fleetwood now.

They cross the Bridge getting in the Fleetwood District, a District where there are commercial places and residencial places too, being the Residencial places of more rich people, including the Founders and their Family. There are people working, hanging out and just enjoying the time, the day is beautiful and there would be nothing to worry about if it wasn't the conflicts happening. Edward and McGraw passes on the street of Fleetwood.

   McGraw: Listen here.

They stop their Horses.

   Edward: Go ahead.

   McGraw: Look, there is the place you got to go.

McGraw points to a Building.

   Edward: Wait, I got to go? And you?

   McGraw: I said I would help you, not Follow you everywhere.

   Edward: Ok... What's the matter with this Building?

   McGraw: Listen, you cannot go to the Valentine's House, where Lynn and Leonard are, on the ground.

   Edward: What do you mean?

   McGraw: The House is probably, or certainly, full of Guards or even Police Officers making sure that no one besides the right people can get in there. So, you gotta go from the skies.

   Edward: Wait, from the skies?

   McGraw: You got it. I'm Going!

    Edward: No! Wait!

   McGraw: What?

   Edward: Ok, I gotta go from the skies, but, how I do this?

   McGraw: I don't know if you notice, but, there are some Airships around here.

Edward looks up to the sky and sees some Airships flying around the City.

   Edward: Ok.

   McGraw: There's one up there on the Building, go there, get the Airship, and fly to the House, then, jump from there and, BOOM, Lynn is back and happy ending.

   Edward: Is that easy?

   McGraw: If you do it right.

   Edward: ...

   McGraw: Just go there!

McGraw goes on his way. Edward looks to the Building with some fear inside his heart, but he goes to there. Edward rides to the Building keeping the Airship, he stops Texas in front of a store.

   Edward: Stay here buddy, I'll be back soon. Now I got find a way to the top of this Building.

Says Edward looking up to the Building again. He walks around the street looking for some way to proceed when he sees a type of Flying Touristic Car at the Edge of the island, Edward goes there to see if it could help him, the Car is constituted by a small walkway behind it, where the visitors can stay to enjoy the view of the Flying City, getting there Edward sees the Car's Robot Guide.

   Robot Guide: Hello Citizen! Sorry for this information, but, the Rails and the Flying Touristic Tour are unavailable by now. Sorry for this! But never forget.

Make Way For Tomorrow Today!

   Edward: Today is the day... But...

Edward looks to the Silver Rails.

   Edward: This could help.

The Silver Rails of Silver Springs are used for the Capsules that travels around the City, the Capsules stays connected with the Rails who guide them, just like Trains. Edward sees that he can use one of these Capsules to go to the Building, since, one part of the Building is like a Wood balcony or walkway in the way of the Rails, so, he could just jump out of the Capsule to this Wood Floor of the Building and fall without any danger. Edward turns back and goes to the street, he thinks of how he could find a Capsule, fortunately, McGraw knew where to put Edward in, so, Edward was next to a small Establishment where it keeps some Capsules. Edward sees it and goes to the place, that, looks abandoned, he goes to the Establishment's door and opens it, getting in there, everything seems good, and there is two Capsules, but one of them looks damaged, the Left one looks good, Edward walks and stops, he hears Music being played, he looks around, he sees on a little table a Radio, Edward goes there and listen to the Song playing. The song playing is a song that he never listened before, a Disco song, that looks recent, but at the same time, he never heard of it before, and the song ends.

   Radio: "Woohoo! What you were listening to was "Funkytown"! Stay here for more news and more Music!

Recent happenings;

   Anthony and Madelyn Valentine came back to Silver Springs this Morning with their Family at the Fountain Square in Eden Center District, they were doing a small interview at the place for Good Morning Silver Springs when suddenly Leonard O'Connell, son of Jeremiah O'Connell, appeared at the Local with Lynn Valentine on his Mechanical Horse, meaning that he is Lynn savior, is that true? We don't know.

Recent happenings;

   A Mysterious Man appeared today at New County District with a Girl who witnesses says that looks really like Lynn, witnesses also says that The Birdman was saw near to the Man, some cops are already searching for this Man because of some potential crimes he could have done, until now, there's no news about him or about The Birdman. Who is this Man? Is he a Criminal? Where's The Birdman? We don't know but, back to the Music.                         You are listening to 106.6 Silver Springs FM, and now let's listen to Girls Just Wanto Have Fun, let's Go!"

   Edward: Shit... I must be quiet here. And... This song played at the Beach! Shut up, Focus Edward.

The Establishment has a lot of things related to Mechanics of the Capsules and the Technology of Silver Springs in it, robot parts and all that stuff. The Walls and the Ground are made of wood as most of the Constructions and places of the City, on the walls there are Maps of the City of where the City takes place above the United States, there's another Map next to it that Edward can't understand it, because the Map it's torn, but, there's something written on it saying "European Map". Inside the Establishment are some weak wood walls at the Hall that leads to the Capsules, where is an open part at the Background of the Establishment that connects the Capsules to the Silver Rails outside. Edward walks through the Hall when he hears something again, but now, he hears steps, he stops and waits for something... But nothing happened, he continues to walk but now, he walks carefully. Passing by one of the Walls A Man suddenly grabs Edward's neck.

   Man: I got Him!

More Men appears in the Establishment, Edward looks at them and he sees that these Men are Cops, that probably were watching him to get him there. Edward tries scape from the Man grabbing him punching his stomach until Edward could dodge his arms and knock him down, and he did it, Edward takes cover behind the Walls, all the other Cops are now prepared to the combat with Edward, they are pointing their guns to him and waiting for Edward do any movement. Edward picks his Pistol, but he didn't want to go in that way, he didn't want to kill more people, he was actually really surprised that he and the Members of the Gang who participated in the last Robbery back in Massachusetts, didn't kill anyone, but now he is facing again other moment where lives can be lost. Edward deep Breaths and then runs to take cover on the next wall, while he goes, the Cops start to shoot and one bullet got Edward on his shoulder, he crouches down and stops. He takes a deep Breath again.

   Edward: Oh Shit, here we go again.

Edward stands up shooting, he takes three cops down and he runs to the other one punching him and knocking him down, another one appears and tries to shoot Edward, Edward picks the Gun of the Cop on the Ground and throws it to the other Cop, hitting him in the Face.

   Edward: Damnit.

Edward looks around and sees that there's no more Cops there, he goes to search the Cops bodies, and Edward found out that in one of the Cops clothes there was a letter, on the letter, was written their mission, Edward starts to read the letter, when the last Cop got up and tried hang Edward, Edward could dodge him and grab him.

   Edward: Stay Still! Stay..

Edward punches the Cop in the Face.

   Edward: Stay Still! Listen here, for who do you work for!?

   Cop: End this, GO!

Edward punches him again.

   Edward: You didn't answer! I assume you all are Corrupted Cops, working for someone and being paid for it.

   Cop: Just listen here one thing, False Messiah, Zachary always Wins, he always will Win, Always!

   Edward: What did you Call me?

The Cop spits on Edward and he cleans his face.

   Edward: Ok, Zachary, that tells a lot.

Edward knocks the Cop down. He reads the Letter again. On the letter it's saying that, these Cops were hired by someone out of the Police to take Edward Robert Levinson with Life to Zachary Andrews, and they would get their reward, and also, these Cops are from Columbia District, they were also following Zachary's orders all the time. So, at this moment Edward knew that he couldn't trust in all the Cops around the City.

  Now he gotta go ahead, Edward walks to the Capsules, and yes, the Right Capsule is really damaged, so, he goes to the Capsule on the Left. Edward opens it and the Capsule looks good, what he has to do is to push it to the Rails, Edward pushes the Capsule and it gets on the Rail, but there's a problem, Edward accidentally let the Capsule scape and it goes on the way on the Rail before he gets in it.

   Edward: Oh, Genius.

Edward turns back and runs to outside, opening the door Edward sees more Cops just waiting for him to show up.

   Edward: Shit!

He takes cover behind a Car. Edward picks his mask used in the Bank Robberies to cover his face, trying to prevent someone see his face. The Cops started shooting, Edward can choose to fight with all the Cops outside or go directly to the Rails after the Flying Touristic Car, he couldn't waist so much time there since the Capsule could pass and he lose it, so Edward decided to run as fast as he can and jump from the Touristic Car to the Rails ahead and get in the Capsule. Edward runs, the Cops start shooting, Edward could run and not get hit by the bullets while crossing the Street, he goes to the Tourist Car and jumps! When he take his feet off of the Ground, the Capsule passes and he hang himself on it.

   Edward: SHIT! I thought the door was open!!

The Capsule goes on the Rail, while hanging on it, Edward tries to open the Door of the Capsule and he opened, he puts his feet in the Capsule but the rest of the Body out, being prepared for the Jump when the Capsule get closer to the Wood Floor of the Building. The Capsule goes up on the Rails, Edward starts to see a upper view of the District, passing by the floating Constructions of Silver Springs, the Capsule is getting closer to the Building and Edward jumps to the Wood Floor, when he jumps, a Deep Voice coming from Loudspeakers says something.

   Loudspeakers: STAND DOWN!

Edward falls on the Building, the Floor was full of Guards who knelt down after the order of the Voice of the Loudspeakers, Edward walks carefully to the stairs ahead that leads to a entrance to inside of the Building, he passes next to the Guards kneeing down and he feels strange about this situation, he goes to this Big Sliding Door to go into the Building, the Door opens, this floor where Edward is about to go in, has Platform like an Elevator that goes to the Airship at the last Floor, in front of the Platform is a Big Window that goes from the ground of the Floor until the Airship Floor. Edward goes to this Platform that is surrounded by more Guards around the Floor, Edward goes being careful to the Platform and stays on it, he press the Platform's Bottom and it starts to go up. As it goes up, a Big Airship passes by the Big Window, the Airship has a Big Television on its side, Edward sees it through the Window and finds it strange, it's when Zachary appears in the Television.

   Zachary: Edward Robert Levinson.... I know what you are doing, I know who you are, what you've done, False Messiah, I know.

   Edward: You don't know me Pal!

   Zachary: Haha. You don't mind. I know everything about you. The Lincolns, Pinkertons, the Army, Your Friends, what you did, what you are doing. And listen to me! I know your steps too. And I! Will not let you ruin this City. My people know what you want to do with us, corrupt us. I am The Prophet, The Messiah, The Fortune Teller. When the Archangel came to me, and gave to me my Blessing, I knew that someone like you would come to Silver Springs. If you want the Airship, go, go and fail in your mission, Mister Edward Levinson. Go.

The Platform arrives on the Airship Floor, the Zachary's Airship went out and Edward walks out of the Platform, there some Guards on the Floor too kneeing down, Edward passes by them and goes to the Hall that leads to the Airship, but suddenly something explodes the Floor of the Building, revealing the Airship outside already flying.

   Edward: Oh Shit!

As Zachary already knew about Edward, his Guards were already in the Airship, preventing from Edward. But Edward could not let the Airship go and lose his chance to get in the Valentine's House. So, Edward runs and Jumps out of the Building going into the Airship. He falls on the side part of the Airship where are two Guards, Edward fell hitting one of them and he shooting the other one. Edward opens the Door to inside the Airship, he enters in the back part of the Airship where the loads stay, there are more two Guards. Edward Shoots the Guards and goes to the Door to the Controls of the Airship, getting in there, there's a Woman inside the Control Room, she is wearing a long White Dress like a Nun and Praying in front of a Picture of Zachary on the wall of the room.

   Edward: It's ok. Not gonna Hurt you.

She doesn't respond. Edward looks around the room, on the walls there are these two "monuments" of Pictures of Zachary on one wall and of a Woman on the other wall, Edward doesn't know who is this Woman in the Picture. Right in front of Edward is the Control Panel, Edward goes to it and tries to see what he can do.

   Edward: All right. Let's get this thing moving....

Meanwhile.

Leonard took Lynn to her House in Silver Springs, The Valentine's House, at the last Street of the Fleetwood District, where all the Houses of the Founders of Silver Springs are. A place with the streets surrounded by  Coconut Trees and Palm Trees, people hanging out and having fun in the Sunny Days. Leonard and Lynn are at the entrance of the House after the Main Gate near to the stairs that leads to the Doors of the House, Leonard stoped his Mechanical Horse there and Lynn jumped off the Horse.

   Lynn: Ugh...

   Leonard: Lynn... Why are you in such a hurry? We are here, I took you out of the Hands of  That Guy. Saved you from The Birdman, who is probably dead now..

   Lynn: What if I didn't want you to do this?

   Leonard: Ok. Ok... And why would you think like that?

   Lynn: Maybe because he saved me before! If you believe in this "Fairy Tale" thing, He was my savior, he, Edward, he was my savior.

   Leonard: Oh, let's talk about him now.

   Lynn: What? What do you mean?

   Leonard: Do you know him well? Because, if you talk like that about him, you must know him well, his intentions.

   Lynn: What are you trying to say?

   Leonard: What? What Lynn? Do you think Edward is a Good Man? That he wants to help you?

   Lynn: I know... I know that because he told me.

   Leonard: So, he's a good Liar too, ahm.

   Lynn: What are you talking about?

Says Lynn worried.

   Lynn: I know that he wasn't always a Good person, but he said to me! He told me that he would help me. He saved me Leonard!

Leonard turns back to his Horse and picks something on the Saddle.

   Leonard: So, explain this to me.

Leonard shows to Lynn what looks like a torn Dairy Page.

   Lynn: What's that?

   Leonard: Take it.

Says Leonard with a Despicable face.

   Lynn: .... "All these days I've been taking care of this idiot Girl, I just want my money, I'm not her Babysitter. I'm tired of that, this days have been the worst Fucking days of my Life, I just want to Redeem Myself, just that. Can't see the time I'll get rid of her. I should have stayed in Massachusetts." No...

Lynn read the page, that looks like a page from Edward's Dairy, she feels really sad about what she just read.

   Leonard: There's more on the other side.

   Lynn: No. I d-don't need to s-see this.

Lynn starts to cry with her hands holding the page. Leonard seeing this scene, makes a little satisfying smile.

   Lynn: I-I trusted him...

Lynn remembers what Edward said to her, their moments together. As her tears goes out of her Eyes, she remembers of Edward and starts to associate his image to a Betrayer.

   Leonard: Don't be like that.

Leonard hugs Lynn.

   Leonard: If I see his face again, I make sure to you, I'll give him what he deserves for play with your feelings Lynn. I promise.

Lynn pushes Leonard back, and looks to his face, she still with tears on her face.

   Lynn: Look... T-Thank you.

   Leonard: For what my dear?

   Lynn: For showing me who, Edward really is. He is j-just, just, just another Bandit. Another Criminal, without soul. I can't believe I trusted him.

   Leonard: It's not your fault.

Leonard gets closer to her.

   Leonard: Trust me, and that you can do, trust me that everything is going to be right. Let's go inside.

Lynn keeps the torn page in her Bag while they go upstairs to the Door of the House.

   Leonard: And, please, would you kindly tell me more about Edward, what he was doing down there with you, where were you, and all?

   Lynn: Y-Yes.

Says Lynn still crying and feeling confused. They get in the House at the Main Hall, that takes place at the Middle of the House leading to two Big stairs, one on the Left, other on the Right, that goes to the other rooms of the House at the second floor. Leonard grabs Lynn's left arm and walks with her in the House, waiting for the others come.

   Leonard: My Mom is waiting for us here.

   Lynn: Is she already here? It's been a while.

   Leonard: Yes, she is, and she'll be really pleased to see you again. She always wanted to you be my Wife and partner.

Lynn still with tears in her Eyes.

Edward is now trying to put the Airship to fly, he is looking to the Bottoms on the Control Panel. After a few seconds looking at it, Edward Understood how to Fly the Airship, so, he press the right Bottoms and, the Airship started to Fly.

   Edward: Oh, Thank God.

Edward puts the Airship in direction of the Valentine's House at the end of the District. The View from the Airship is amazing, Edward sees the cars on the streets, people, establishments, others small Buildings. He looks back to the Woman behind him.

   Edward: Look, I'll jump out of this Airship so, I'll put it on this option of... Autopilot, and the Airship will land safety on the ground ok.

The Woman doesn't respond. The Airship goes ahead over the District, passing near from the ground, getting near to Valentine's House, suddenly something appears near to the Airship, Edward had to go up with the Airship, as he was going up, Zachary's Flying Car appeared in front of the Airship, the car has like a little walkway behind it, like the Tourist Car, where Zachary is with a Microphone.

   Zachary: False Shepherd. Your Lies are not coming to this City, and you are not going to destroy this Special day that is today. Maybe Lynn's mind is confused, and you are not going to confuse her EVEN more! God is a Judge, and also, who Forgives you from your Sins. I am Not God.

Edward feels scared while looking at him through the Window of the Airship. When he hears the Woman behind him saying something.

   Woman: Hallelujah.

Edward turns back. The Woman was holding a Candle, she dropped it on the ground, making the Airship go on Fire, Edward tries to save the Woman but it was too late, she already has her entire body burned, Edward, scared, runs to the Back part of the Airship, he looks around and he sees that his only option is to jump through the Exhaust Area of the Airship, he sees that the Airship is over a Silver Rail, that it's passing a Capsule, he runs and Jumps through the Exhaust Area, Falling on the Capsule. Edward holds on the Capsule while he looks back to the Airship falling apart on Fire, and Zachary's Flying Car going out of the place. Edward jumps out of the Capsule and Falls at a Balcony of Valentine's House, he takes a deep Breath and pulls himself together. Where he is, is at a little Balcony of a room in the Valentine's House, Edward opens the door of the Balcony and get in the Room, the room is empty, without beds or nightstands, bookshelves, Wardrobe, nothing, just the wooden floor and the light blue walls of the room. Edward walks in the Room, he goes to the door to find Lynn in other places of the House, but when he was going to get out of the room he heard something coming behind him, Edward looks back with his hand on his Gun, the Door of the room suddenly closes, Edward looks at it, he looks back again, he sees nothing, suddenly something really heavy falls in the room, Edward looks to the Door again, and there is a Wardrobe there.

   Edward: What the hell?

Edward is confused, how did this Wardrobe appear from nowhere? When he goes to turn back, he hears again something Heavy falling and a strange sound, turning back, Edward sees a Bed blocking the Balcony door and a Female voice talks with him.

   Female Voice: Hello... Edward.

Edward looks to his left side and he sees a Woman with white hair, dark blue eyes, glasses and wearing a Red Dress. Nora O'Connell, she was waiting for him, and she knew what was happening.

   Nora: Hahaha, oh Edward. You look confused.

   Edward: Who are you?

   Nora: Leonard's Mother.

   Edward: Nora O'Connell?

   Nora: Bingo! Hahaha.

   Edward: What do you want?

   Nora: Oh Wait, this was what I was going to ask!

   Edward: I'm just trying to get Lynn Back. But I assume you don't like this idea.

   Nora: Yes, I know that. And Yes, I don't like this Idea. Hahaha! Who do you think you are Mister Levinson?

   Edward: So, Now I.... What?

   Nora: Yes, who do you think you are Mister.

   Edward: I-I Am ahm...

   Nora: You are a nobody. And you want Lynn's hand?

   Edward: I...

   Nora: Listen Edward, I'll be really kind with you in my words, ok? Hahaha. Look, here.

Nora grabs Edward's arm and takes him to the one of the Flowered Windows of the Room.

   Nora: Today is a really important day in my life, and, in the life of my son, Leonard. HE is Lynn's Partner. And this was predicted years ago when you were still wearing diapers.

Nora and Edward stops at the Window, looking through it, Nora is still right next to Edward holding his Arm.

   Nora: Look there, Can you see it?

   Edward: What?

   Nora: Inside the house there.

Nora points to other window of the House, where they can see through it the main Hall, where, Leonard and Lynn are together talking.

   Nora: He is a Gentleman, good looking, with his life done, he knows how to treat a Girl, he is the right guy for her. And she will fall in love with him.

Edward puts his hand on the window while looking to Lynn, through the glass of the window to the Main Hall of the House.

   Edward: Lynn...

   Nora: Forget about her. Look at you. You are a Thug, a Criminal, has a lot to do with your life to be stable, someone that the society doesn't want to live with. You shoot those cops and Guards back there, they may be dead now, or they have now serious injuries, they had family, they were good men. She doesn't deserve someone like you. Or does she Edward?

   Edward: N-No....

   Nora: Now, Look at your reflection.

Edward still looking to Lynn.

   Nora: And say to yourself.

Edward thinks about his acts.

   Nora: That you know that, Lynn will be better without you.

Edward looks away from Lynn, and he stares his own Reflection on the Glass of the Window.

   Nora: Say it. It's for you better.

Edward stares his Reflection and doubts himself, it starts to rain.

   Edward: She doesn't deserve me.

   Nora: She, who?

   Edward: Lynn.

   Nora: Uhm?

   Edward: Lynn doesn't deserve me....

Nora goes close to Edward's ear and whispers.

   Nora: What you gonna do now?

   Edward: I-I don't know.

Nora looks to Edward.

   Nora: I know. You'll get out of here.

Nora goes to the Balcony door pushing the Bed and opening the door.

   Nora: Let me help you. Let's go, jump from the Balcony Edward. Go away. Accept it.

Edward still looking to his Reflection. A raindrops falls on the Glass, passing Edward's Eyes, making a tear in his eyes in the reflection.

   Nora: C'mon Edward. It's time.

Edward looks to Nora and goes to her.

    Nora: Yes! Yes! Go. Now Leonard can have more power of the City! Haha!

Edward passes by her and goes to the Balcony. Edward leans on the Balcony.

   Nora: ... And? What are you waiting for?

   Edward: Do You wanna know something. I came here to redeem myself. I came here to be a better person..

   Nora: And you failed doing it! Killing men, is that you "redeeming yourself"?

   Edward: I don't care, I was defending myself! They came to kill me, I did what I did to survive.

   Nora: That doesn't mean that you should be alive. You committed crimes Edward. You are a Monster and you gotta accept it, so.

Nora goes to Edward and grabs him by his chest holding his Shirt.

   Nora: Please, go AWAY!

Nora pushes Edward from the Balcony.

Edward Falls. As he falls, he sees Nora from the Balcony looking down and then going inside the House. At this moment, Edward just closed his eyes and felt done, waiting to the Fall end.

Edward opened his eyes, and he is at a apartment, in Boston, he stands up confused and hears two Voices on the Door, he walks to the Door, looking around feeling a strange feeling.

   First Voice: Mister Levinson! Mister Levinson! Bring us the Girl and Wipe alway your Debts!

   Second Voice: Remember What you were being paid for! Take the Girl in the Tallest Room of the Tallest Tower!

   Edward: Who are you!?

   First Voice: Just Go after the Girl Mister Edward Levinson! Go to know The City!

   Second Voice: Remember your Motivations! Why did you do what you did!

   Edward: No... NO! Get out of here! Now! NOW!

   First Voice: Mister Levinson!

   Edward: Go away!....

Edward wakes up, coughing and feeling someone's hand on his back. What happened before, was a Dream. Edward is feeling sick, probably because of the dream or the Fall. He looks around and sees that he fell in a Pool, in someone's house.

   Edward: Where... W-Where I am? Who are you?

Edward looks to the left and sees a beautiful Woman, with Red Hair, Green eyes, tall, wearing a White Shirt and a Black Skirt. She's holding Edward.

   Woman: What the Hell did you think when you decided to Jump into my Pool?

   Edward: Uhm.

   Woman: Uhm? There was no other way to caught my attention? C'mon let's get up, C'mon.

    Edward: Wait.

She grabs Edward's hand and puts him up.

   Woman: Let's go.

Edward looks up and sees that her House is Giant, he noticed that he is on the last Floor, that is a Waterfall falling into the Pool.

   Edward: Oh my God, do you have a Waterfall in your House?

She starts to walk taking Edward to inside.

   Woman: Well, the Architects let me be creative at the time. But, no time for talk. I'll call the Police.

   Edward: Wow, wait!

They go inside the House, the room where they are is like some type of Kitchen with a Living Room, it's a place of Leisure next to the Pool. She picks the Telephone at the Kitchen and let Edward in the Living Room part.

   Edward: Wait a moment! Just a second.

   Woman: What? It's better to be convincing.

   Edward: It was just a Mistake.

   Woman: Yeah, I can see the Mistake in your Holster.

   Edward: Shit. Look! Look.

   Woman: What? I'm about to call the Cops.

   Edward: I'm lost! I'm lost, ok? I'm not from here and I need to get back to the Street outside.

   Woman: Yeah, I noticed.... Ugh.

The Woman puts the Telephone down.

   Woman: ... Who are you?

   Edward: My Name is Edward.

   Woman: Edward?

   Edward: Levinson.

   Woman: So, Mister Levinson, it's a pleasure to meet you....  I am Scarlett Harley, one of the Founders of the City.

   Edward: Oh God... I'm s-so sorry, let me explain what's happening.

   Scarlett: Yeah, I wanna hear you, follow me.

The Woman is Scarlett MacKenzie Harley, she is one of the Founders of Silver Springs and in charge of Green Home District, she has the Place as Founder because of the death of her Mother, who was who originally Founded Silver Springs together with the other Founders back in 1948. Scarlett grabs Edward's hand and takes him to the Elevator of her House right next to the Kitchen, going to the Elevator, Edward feels a Intense pain on his Shoulder, as they get in the Elevator Scarlett presses the Bottom of the First Floor and Elevator starts to go up.

   Scarlett: What happened to your Shoulder?

She puts her hands on Edward's Chest.

   Edward: Well, this is part of what I'm going to explain to yo..

   Scarlett: Wait a second...

   Edward: What?

Scarlett looks Edward in the Eyes.

   Scarlett: I think I know you. Whatever, let me help you with your Shoulder, all right?

   Edward: Ok.

The Elevator arrives at the First Floor, Scarlett's House is really beautiful, made by a type of White Wood, she puts Edward on her Couch in the Living Room, and then she goes to take things to heal Edward's injuries.

   Edward: Thank you for helping me.

   Scarlett: Your Welcome.... Here, let me help with this.

Scarlett sits on the Couch and starts to bandage Edward's shoulder.

   Scarlett: Ok, you can start telling me why were you in my Pool.

    Edward: How can I explain that...

   Scarlett: Take your time but, tell me.

   Edward: Someone pushed me, and I fell here.

   Scarlett: And why did this person do this?

   Edward: I think she doesn't like me.

   Scarlett: So, she? Were you two..

   Edward: No! No, far from this.

Scarlett finished with Edward's shoulder, she goes to the bar of her House take some drinks, she puts Edward on a Chair at the Kitchen.

   Edward: Look. I'll say everything. Maybe you'll understand my situation.

   Scarlett: Go ahead.

   Edward: Again, My name is Edward Robert Levinson, I was here to get a Girl in The Tallest Room, of The Tower here in Silver Springs, so I did it.

   Scarlett: Wait wait wait, hold on a second. You are telling me that you saved Lynn?

   Edward: You are right.

   Scarlett: Haha. Funny. So, you are not another Hooligan, aren't you?

   Edward: N-No I'm not.

Says Edward feeling a pain in his back.

   Scarlett: Yeah, you are a little too Handsome to be one of them.

   Edward: Wait what?

   Scarlett: So, you are telling me that you went to Lynn's Tower and saved her. How do you explain what appeared in the News, about Leonard.

   Edward: That was the problem. Today I was with Lynn, but The Birdman appeared and he took her, I think that Leonard could get her back.

   Scarlett: Ok, All right. But, How can I trust you and, How did you end up in my Pool?

The doorbell rings.

   Scarlett: Just a second.

She goes to the door, she opens it and Edward hears a Familiar voice.

   McGraw: Hey McKenzie. It's been a while isn't it?

   Scarlett: McGraw?!

   Edward: McGraw?!

   McGraw: I see that you got my package there, Ahm?

McGraw goes inside Scarlett's House and puts his hand on Edward's back. Scarlett closes the Door.

   Scarlett: Oh God, Jessie.

   McGraw: It's good to see you too Harley.

   Edward: Wait, you guys know each other?

   Scarlett: And you know McGraw?

   Edward: Yes. I met him today actually.

   McGraw: Yes. How are you Edward?

   Edward: I had better days.

   Scarlett: Ok, wait. Please, you two tell me exactly what is happening. I don't see you in a long time McGraw, and suddenly you show up in my House talking with a Guy who fell in my Pool.

   McGraw: You fell in her Pool Edward?!

   Edward: Yeah...

   McGraw: HAHAHA! And I lost it! Oh God! I should have followed you!

   Edward: No, it wasn't funny. Seriously.

   Scarlett: Hey?! Are you going to tell me what's going on?!

   McGraw: Tell her. Your plan with Lynn and bla bla bla.

   Edward: Scarlett, I'm here not just because of Lynn. But also because I promised her to help her Taking Zachary out of the City, because of..

   Scarlett: His plan to Take Silver Springs down and Control the World.

   Edward: Yes.

   McGraw: I assume you heard that before Harley.

   Scarlett: Of course I did.... Shit.

   McGraw: And, Leonard got Lynn back to him. So, he being suitor of Lynn, or even, marrying her, he is going to have more Power and control of Silver Springs.

   Edward: Seriously?

   Scarlett: Yeah. Nora always wanted to Lynn be Leonard's Partner in love. Of course, a son and a daughter of one of the Founders being Married, is more power in their hands.

   Edward: You mean, the O'Connells will have more power.

   Scarlett: Technically. But for this, Lynn has to be alone, and in that way, Leonard and Nora can manipulate her to do what they want. Or worse, they will forget Lynn, after the power is in their hands.

   Edward: With Lynn being alone, you mean?

   McGraw: They'll kill the other Valentines. Because, they can manipulate Lynn, but not the Entire Family, Ahm?

   Edward: God.... I thought you gave up on me McGraw.

   McGraw: No. Haha! It would be funny but, no. Actually, I was waiting for you.

   Scarlett: Ok, so, what was Edward doing before he fell in my Pool?

   Edward: I was looking for Lynn. Trying to find a way to get her Back, when, I met McGraw.

   Scarlett: How?

   McGraw: I went to him. I was looking for him.

   Scarlett: All right. Continue.

   Edward: McGraw somehow know what I am doing here in the City, so he helped me telling where Lynn would be. At her House, here in the Fleetwood Street. McGraw took me here and showed me a way to go to the Valentine's House.

   Scarlett: You are the Guy who took the Airship from the Aero Building.

   McGraw: Yes. He was at the Aero Building.

   Scarlett: Yeah. Now I'm sure I know who you are.

   Edward: Look, I'm not proud of this.

   Scarlett: You killed Guards and hurt Cops.

   Edward: I was defending myself.

   McGraw: AND! Also, they were bought by Zachary.

   Edward: What?

   McGraw: Those cops, and for sure, all those Guards, they work for Zachary, not for the Law.

   Scarlett: This explains a lot.

   Edward: So, they weren't good people?

   McGraw: Yeah. You can call them Bad people. But, what happened in Valentine's House? I need to know that to proceed.

   Edward: Well, Zachary appeared, there was a Woman inside the Airship that probably was affiliated to him, and he probably have orders to her, she burned the Airship.

   McGraw: This explains why I saw the Airship falling on fire.

   Scarlett: I saw it too. It was right up my House.

   Edward: Sorry for that.

   Scarlett: Now I see that wasn't your Fault.

   Edward: However, I was able to jump, and I fell at the Balcony of the Valentine's House. It did hurt a lot. I went inside the House in this room that was empty, nothing inside and the door was open. So, I walked to the door but I heard something behind me and suddenly a Wardrobe appeared in front of the Door blocking it. I don't know what happened.

Scarlett looks at McGraw and he looks at her with a worried face.

   Scarlett: Yeah, we know what happened. But I assume that you have to discover this by your own.

   McGraw: Yes, remember when I said the same thing to you, do ya?

   Edward: Yes, and I'm getting more curious about it. But, I was trapped there in the room, a Bed appeared in front of the Door of the Balcony and in a second Nora was there too talking to me.

   McGraw: What did she say to you?

Edward stands up and goes to the Window of the House looking to outside.

   Edward: She.... S-She put me down, so hard. She showed me why I should I go and forget about all this.

   McGraw: I know what you are saying. Own experience. As I said before, she's a Witch. And she's a really bad one. Did she change your Mind?

Edward turns back to them.

   Edward: I don't know.

   Scarlett: What happened next?

   Edward: She kept talking with me when we went to the Balcony and she pushed me from there. And then, I fell into your Pool Misses Harley.

    Scarlett: Miss.

   Edward: Sorry. Miss Scarlett Harley.

   Scarlett: It's ok. But now, what the hell are you two going to do?

   McGraw: Well. I didn't expect nothing less than what happened. Edward you gotta go back there.

   Edward: I don't know.

   McGraw: But I know, you have to do this. You are a important Guy, ok?

   Edward: McGraw, I came here to redeem myself. I came here to save a Girl in change of a better life to me. Maybe Nora is right.

   McGraw: See! That's what she does! That's what she does to people. Don't get her Ideas!

   Edward: I'm turning into a Murderer!...

Edward gets closer to McGraw.

   Edward: You know a lot about myself, you should know this too. I've done bad things, I'm not a Good Guy, and I don't want to be worse.

   McGraw: Ok... Lynn is getting lost, ok? She is with Leonard and you have to change this.

   Edward: Ok, but, are Nora and Leonard Bad people? How can I convince her with no proofs?! What could Nora tell her about me? Lynn could never be with me AGAIN?

   McGraw: C'MON! Trust me Edward!

   Edward: Trust you? I met you a few Hours ago, and I not even sure of who you are!

   McGraw: Yeah, but you trusted me to get the Airship, didn't ya?

   Edward: Yes but..

   McGraw: I am not your enemy Edward! I have the same objective as YOU! I want the better for the people, and you are Important to me!

   Edward: WHY?!

   McGraw: See! You'll learn a lot, go outside and get your Girl back... Think with me, JUST A LITTLE. Why did Zachary try to kill you? Why he fears your presence here? Because you got a Role in this story, and you got a purpose, and THIS IS YOUR CHANCE TO REDEMPTION EDWARD!

Edward stays perplexed looking at McGraw, he starts to reimagine all his past days with Lynn, the Gang, Arthur, John, Hoff, Brad, Louis, Karen, his friends and his Family, Lauren, his parents, everyone. Edward sees what he is into, the matter of his acts, he can decide to do the right thing or just to give up, after all he passed until now. Edward looks to Scarlett and then to McGraw that is looking at him right in the eyes.

   Edward: Shit...

Says Edward in a Sad tone.

   Edward: Lynn... I gotta go after her.

   McGraw: YES!

   Edward: What the O'Connells are going to do if Leonard marry Lynn?

   Scarlett: The O'Connells, more specifically, Nora and Leonard, just want power, they... They doesn't think that having their own District it's enough. They want power, they have ideals that are not the ones we had when we Built this City. And probably, they are with Zachary in this.

   McGraw: I was almost going to this part.

   Edward: Wait. You are saying that they are helping Zachary?

   Scarlett: Maybe! This is what I think, living next to them and being a Founder too.

   Edward: I gotta go now.

   McGraw: Yes Edward! It's better to go now, the rain outside is getting stronger.

   Scarlett: Ugh. Not even looks like we had a sunny morning.

Edward goes to the door.

   Edward: McGraw, how can I go in there now?

   McGraw: Listen, go to the O'Connells House, it's right next to the Valentine's House.

   Edward: But why?

   McGraw: Information. Their House is obviously in the way to the Valentine's, so, try to get in there and find something useful to unmask them and prove to Lynn that they are not good people.

   Edward: Ok, why don't you come with me. You could help me a lot.

   McGraw: I got my own business to do Mister Moustache.

   Edward: All right... And after that?

   McGraw: Go to Valentine's House, get in there, find Lynn, and show to her the truth. Believe it or not, doing this is a step to deal with Zachary.

   Edward: And also, it sounds pretty illegal.

   McGraw: Listen. I know it's hard but, they are forcing us to make actions, and necessary actions are not always what we want to be.

   Edward: Right. Will be there any Guards or something?

   McGraw: Probably, especially in front of the Valentine's House. But now, do your best being silent.

Edward takes his Bag and put it on him, he looks to McGraw with a serious face.

   Edward: It's time to go.

   McGraw: Good Luck Moustache. And, Avoid Nora, please.

   Edward: Thank you for helping me Miss Harley.

   Scarlett: No Problem Edward.

Says her worried about him.

Edward opens the door and goes outside, the rain got stronger, he goes to the other side of the street where the O'Connell's House is. Edward decided to go behind the Houses to be more careful and silent, and avoid somebody in the way, while McGraw talks to Scarlett.

   Scarlett: I see something on him.

   McGraw: Of course, he is the Man.

   Scarlett: Are you sure?

   McGraw: Yes, Ninety Nine percent sure.

Edward passed from the First House on the other side of the street, he is passing by all the Balconies and backyards, windows, from all the Founders' Houses on the left side of the Fleetwood Street, passing by Trees and Plants on the way, because at the Edge of the island of the District, there is a lot of Plants and Coconut Trees that are useful to hide from the people of the Houses and potential Guards there.

   Edward: I gotta take Lynn back.

Edward goes through the Grass and Trees to the O'Connells House, the last House before Valentine's House while the rains gets stronger and Lighting's appears in the clouds, Edward is completely wet because of the Rain and already looking to the O'Connell's House trying to find a Way to get in. The O'Connell's is as beautiful as the other Houses in the street, their house has a dark green tone of the walls and a Brown wood for the roofs, windows and doors. Edward hears someone talking inside the House, so, he knows that there's someone there, he sees that there's a open window at the side of the House, so, he goes there. There's no Guard there at the House, so, Edward can go and jump to the Window, he stops right Below the Window and jumps putting his feet on the wall to get boost and climb to the Window, he get in the House, the window is the window of the Bathroom, fortunately there was nobody there. Edward walks carefully in the House, he is still hearing a voice, that know he recognized nas a voice of a Girl, he goes out of the bathroom that is in front of the stairs to the first floor of the House, Edward looks down to the First Floor and see no one there, he goes search the rooms. The first room on his left is where he is going first, the door was already opened, he goes in the room, looking around he noticed that this is Nora's room, there is a Big Bed and a table next to a Window at the wall, Edward goes to the Table, on the table are some papers and Books, Edward starts to see what's written on these papers.

   Edward: What do we have here?

One of the Papers is a letter, from Zachary to Nora.

   Letter: "I received your message Misses Nora O'Connell, and yes, we can make a deal. Edward Robert Levinson is already here, who do you think saved Lynn? And yes I want your help, Mister Leonard O'Connell, your son, will be really important, and yes I want him to change Lynn's Mind and come to us. At the end, I can give you part of the Power of the City, Thirty to Forty Percent of the Control of Silver Springs. Nothing more. Help me with my application, and I will help you too. We can put Silver Springs down and command not just a City, but also, an entire Country Misses O'Connell, an entire Nation.

                           Zachary Andrews."

   Edward: I can't believe that Nora trusted on this.

Edward takes the letter and keeps it on his Bag, he goes out of the room, the other rooms are in the same hall where the last one is, Edward decides to just take a look at the other rooms. He goes to the other, Looks like Leonard's Room, goes to the other one, looks like an Office, and then the last one is with the door partially open, Edward stays alert, he hears the Female Voice in the room, he goes to the door and opens it. Inside the room is a beautiful Girl wearing a Yellow Dress, with a really Long braided Blonde Hair, Green Eyes, and with a Telephone on her hands.

   Girl: Ah!

   Edward: Who are you?

   Girl: Let me ask you that question. Who are you?

   Edward: Are you Leonard's Sister?

   Girl: Uh. No I am Not. Not even close.

Says her angry.

   Girl: Are you a friend of Leonard?

   Edward: What? I mean... Yes I am. And you are?

   Girl: Don't you recognize me? Daughter of Thomas Larkin. Raven Larkin.

   Edward: Oh, sorry. And what about you and Leonard?

   Raven: Ah. I'm dating him! And he is making me really confused.

   Edward: Oh. Interesting.

   Raven: He told me that he was going to deal with some business, and then he left me. He said this HOURS AGO! HOURS! And now it's raining and I heard in the TV that he rescued Lynn.

   Edward: Do you know about him and Lynn?

   Raven: Maybe. What did you heard?

Edward goes in the room and knees down looking to Raven.

   Edward: He will ask Lynn's hand.

   Raven: Yeah I know.

Says her in a Sad tone.

   Raven: Now, I'm like a idiot here, waiting for him, and he didn't come back, it's Raining, and... Ah!

She starts to cry.

   Edward: Wait. Stay calm. Listen, if he doesn't want to be with you, he is not the right choice. If he wanted to be with you, he wouldn't ask for Lynn's hand.

   Raven: B-But he told me that he would come back after he got Lynn.

   Edward: Did he?

   Raven: Yes! He did!

Edward stands up.

   Edward: God. He is an asshole.

   Raven: Yes he is.

Raven stands up and hugs Edward.

   Edward: Oh, ok, ok.

   Raven: What do I do now?

   Edward: Just.... Relax and try to think about it, why you should stay putting up with Leonard, and why you should not.

Raven looks at Edward.

   Raven: Maybe you're right.... Thank you. What's your name again?

   Edward: It's... It's... You can call me Robert.

   Raven: Robert? It's a beautiful name.

Says her cleaning her face of tears.

   Raven: Well, since you are here, don't you want to sit here with me and just have a talk?

   Edward: Sorry Raven, I'm a little busy right now... But, another time?

At this moment Edward thinks, "What the Hell Am I saying?!".

   Edward: Maybe after you can tell me what happened between you and Leonard, Ahm?

   Raven: Yeah... Yeah, it is a good Idea. Well you must know where I live, is in this street, the House right in front of here.

   Edward: Ok, I gotta go now.

Edward goes to the door.

   Edward: And, my advice, don't let the other make you a Fool, get rid of that kind of person.

   Raven: Thank you Robert.

Edward smiles to her, he closes the door and thinks, "Maybe I should follow my own advice.". Edward has to go to Valentine's House, he has to show to Lynn the truth behind O'Connell's Intentions, since he has the Letter from Zachary that unmask them. Edward goes out of the House in the same way he entered, he goes out passing through the Bathroom Window, and then he takes cover behind the Walls outside the O'Connell's House, Edward looks to the Valentine's House, and there are Guards in front of the House, Zachary's Guards. Edward goes behind the Houses again, this seems to be the best idea, he goes behind O'Connell's House going to the Valentine's House, he gets next to Valentine's, he sees that the Guards are all in front of the House, Edward decides to go from the side part, Jumping the wall and avoiding the Main Gate. Edward Jumps the Wall and fells inside the property, he takes cover behind the plants, he looks to the Windows of the House and hears Voices.

   Edward: Here we go again....

Inside Valentine's House.

   Lynn is looking at herself in the mirror at her Room, with her new dress that was made for her to the likely Engagement that could happen. All the Valentines are already there, Anthony, Madelyn, Amanda, Taylor and Tom. Anthony and Madelyn are in their Room on their Bed.

   Madelyn: I think I'm going to take a nap.

   Anthony: But now? It's almost lunch.

   Madelyn: I'm not hungry today.

   Anthony: Yeah, me either. But I'll stay awake. I'm going to see if the kids want food.

   Madelyn: Ok, I'll be sleeping.

Anthony kisses Madelyn and stands up going to the Balcony of their room, he opens the Wood Doors of the Balcony and goes to the Balcony worried with something. He quickly closes the Door and waits for something, when suddenly a Flying Car appears in front of the Balcony opening its doors, Anthony takes a look around and goes inside the Car, he sits on the car seats and who is inside the Car? Nora and Leonard, accompanied to a Guard.

   Nora: So, you came Anthony! Haha!

   Anthony: Yes, and I want to know why you want to talk with me privately.

   Nora: Well, you know, just have a little important talk.

The Car starts to go.

   Nora: Well, you know that Leonard saved Lynn from the Hands of The Birdman, didn't you?

   Anthony: Of course I did and, thank you Leonard.

Leonard is with a terrible face, looking really angry or unsatisfied with something. Anthony doesn't know what Nora has to say to him.

   Anthony: Uhm.

   Nora: Anthony, we want to make a proposal to you about Lynn.

   Anthony: Ok, go on.

Nora smiles.

   Nora: Me and Leonard were always thinking of who will be his Fiancee, and in the future, why not his Wife? Hahaha! Whatever, we want to ask for your opinion about Lynn being engaged to Leonard, what do you think Mister Valentine?! She always had a crush on him, Ahm?! And he saved her!

Says Nora with really excitement, smiling and laughing. Anthony gets worried.

   Anthony: But Nora..

   Nora: Leonard is really happy! He is not someone unfaithful, he will cure her and he know how to make a life with her!

   Anthony: Nora..

   Nora: Imagine! A O'Connell and a Valentine together, commanding Silver Springs, making this place a better place! Just imagine that Anthony!

   Anthony: Yes I know, I know! Look... Leonard is a good boy, I know you since the beginning of the City when Jeremiah showed you to me, and Leonard, I know him since he was born. But, he was not the one who saved Lynn!

   Nora: Of Course he was! As I said to you before, he saved Lynn from The Birdman.

   Anthony: But wasn't him who took her out of the Tower!...

Anthony looks down worried.

   Anthony: Nora, I like you two, you are old friends that I trust. But, especially Madelyn, she will want to the real Savior of Lynn to be Engaged to her, to be her..

   Nora: But I don't see this Savior, do you see him?!

   Anthony: Uhm... No..

   Nora: And Leonard, he killed The Birdman saving Lynn!

   Anthony: The Birdman is dead?!

   Nora: I assume so. Did you hear him in the past hours? Or better, did this "Savior" kill him once he was at the Tower?

   Anthony: A..

   Nora: And what "Savior" is that, who leaves the Girl on the Hands of The Birdman?!... Leonard once he found The Birdman, he put an end to his story.

   Anthony: You may be right but, this choice is not just from me or you, or even Leonard. Is from Madelyn too, and mainly, from Lynn! And, I don't know what they'll say... Uhm, where are we going?

Nora is with an Angry face looking and staring Anthony in his eyes, while the Flying Car starts to move slowly.

   Anthony: Nora. Where are we!?

Leonard stays looking through the Window.

   Nora: ...

   Anthony: Nora!

The Guard starts to make strange movements while he passes his hands on his gun. When... The Car stops. Nora opens her window and looks through it to outside.

   Nora: ..... Excuse me, Uhm, I'll want a normal Burger with fries and soda, ok? LEONARD! Hey! Look here, what do you want?

   Leonard: I want just the Special.

   Nora: Just the Special?

   Leonard: Yes Mom! Ugh.

They stopped at a Drive-Through of a Fast Food.

   Nora: Will you want something Anthony?

   Anthony: Uhm... Actually, yes. I want the same as yours.

   Nora: The same as mine. Ok.

Nora talks to the attendant of the Fast Food. Anthony feels relieved, Nora takes the food and puts in the car, she gives Anthony his food and also to Leonard with the gift crown of the Special Burger. The Car continues on its way.

   Nora: Well. Where were we? Ah! Of course. Leonard and Lynn. The Engagement has to happen as soon as possible Anthony.

   Anthony: Yes, I know, we wanted to the Engagement happen right after Lynn's Savior appeared.

   Nora: So, this is the perfect day! Today has been a Wonderful day! Just, all what happened, let this rain pass and everything will be more  Beautiful!

   Anthony: Nora, we gotta go talk to the others we..

   Nora: Anthony, just... Ugh, just see our proposal! The others will be jealous! Looks at Thomas, he always wanted to Raven be Leonard's Fiancee Anthony, Franklin too, just not Scarlett because she's the only one who doesn't have children, but, even Zachary would be jealous! Look what opportunity we have here!

Anthony doesn't know what to answer.

Outside Valentine's House, Edward is looking to the House hiding behind the plants of the Property, he sees a Flying Car passing by the House and stoping behind it in the air, Edward finds a way to go in, he goes carefully to a door at the side of the House where you can see the backyard where is also the Garage, he opens silently the door that leads to the Kitchen of the House, getting in there he hears Anthony coming downstairs from the second floor, Edward sneaks behind the Kitchen's wall and waits for Anthony, Edward doesn't know what would be the reaction of the Valentine's when they see him inside the House, so, Edward preferred to avoid contact with them. Anthony passes by the Kitchen with bags of Food on his hands.

   Anthony: Amanda! Taylor! Tom! There's Food!

Edward looks to Anthony, he is putting the bags of Food on the table and then he goes to the Living Room, giving way to Edward go. Edward goes upstairs to the Lynn's Room, he gets on the second floor but he hears someone walking there and also the voice of Leonard, talking to Nora, Edward looks to the first room in front of him and enters in it, he closes the door and tries to hear the voices. The voices start to come closer passing in the Hall of the rooms, so, Edward opens the door just a little bit, to see what's happening, he sees Leonard and Nora talking about the Engagement, Nora goes Downstairs but Leonard goes to other room. Edward closes the door.

   Edward: God. That was close...

When Edward turns back he sees that, the room where he is, is Anthony and Madelyn's Room. And Madelyn is still sleeping on the bed. Edward holds his breath and walks silently through the room going to the Balcony, he opens the big wood doors silently and goes to the Balcony. Edward could go through the Hall and see where is Lynn looking to the rooms one by one, but, it would be really dangerous since Leonard is there and he could see Edward, so, Edward is going to jump on the Window of the next room from the Balcony and see if there's someone around. So, Edward goes and jumps to the Window next to the Balcony, he hangs on the edge of it and sees if there's someone inside, there's Amanda, but, Anthony called her and the others for the Food, so she went out of the room. Edward opens the window and goes inside the room, he looks around and sees Amanda's things, he goes and sneaks on the door, he looks to the Hall and there's no one. He goes out of the room when he hears Taylor calling Amanda, Edward gets scared and runs to inside  Amanda's Bedroom jumping through the Window and hanging on it, Taylor appears at the door looking for Amanda, Edward tries to sneak behind the window getting down his head and praying for Taylor don't see his hands holding on the edge of the window.

   Taylor: Amanda? That's strange.

Amanda says out loud from the first floor.

   Amanda: I Am down here! And there's food!

   Taylor: OK!!

Taylor turns back and goes downstairs. Edward chooses to go to the other window from outside to avoid any encounter, so he goes hanging on the edges to the other window that ends up in Lynn's Bedroom. When Edward were getting closer to the window he heard Leonard talking with Lynn, Edward stopped and stayed at Lynn's window hearing the Conversation between them.

   Leonard: But Lynn, this is what I was trying to say! Look, I saved you, and I will be loyal to you. I will be your Fiance, and I'll take care of your Condition. There's nothing to worry about, it's everything done! You are out of that Tower, there's no more Birdman, and you are here with me.

   Lynn: Sorry Leonard, I just. Ugh, I just don't feel good about everything. I'm having a bad feeling.

   Leonard: Is it about Edward?

   Lynn: No!

   Leonard: C'mon Lynn! C'mon! I showed to you the Letter from him.

   Lynn: Wasn't it a page from his Dairy?

   Leonard: I mean... Yes. Whatever, I showed the page to you! He wrote with all the words that he hated you and didn't see the time to leave you!

Edward feels confused and says very quietly.

   Edward: I never wrote this. Why would I wrote this?...

Edward continues to hear them.

   Lynn: I know Leonard! And I'm so disappointed, you don't even imagine.

   Leonard: So, where's the problem to be worried Lynn? I'm asking you to get Engaged to me! Today! There is still time to announce the Engagement to the City and..

   Lynn: I know Leonard. I know.

Lynn sees that this is it, she thought Edward would be someone different, since she wasn't expecting for him to take her out of the Tower, but, with what Leonard told her, Lynn gave up on Edward and the things are going to happen as what the people thought would happen, Leonard being her Partner, even, Lynn not trusting Leonard for everything. This is what was meant to be.

   Lynn: Leonard, I accept it.

   Leonard: YES! YES LYNN! HAHA! Yeah! Look, my mother has to talk to you, I'm leaving ok?

   Lynn: Ok...

Leonard leaves the room, and Nora enters talking with Lynn.

   Nora: So, I assume you agreed with something! Haha! Good! Look Lynn, Leonard was so happy to be with you.

   Lynn: Yeah Nora but, I'm still feeling kinda bad.

   Nora: There's no need to be like that! Look at you Lynn, you dress, your Hair, this moment that we are Finally Living! C'mon, give me your hand.

Edward starts to hear strange sounds while the rain gets weaker, he feels worried and tries to take a quick look to the room. Edward goes up with his head a little bit and he sees the one of  most Fascinating things in Silver Springs, Nora is holding Lynn's hands right next to a Portal, yes, a Portal, Edward doesn't know what he is seeing, he stays immobilized looking at it and thinking that he's crazy because obviously, a Portal? Wasn't that things Fiction? The door of Lynn's Bedroom is closed, the curtains are closing the windows besides the one where Edward is. From the Portal, things starts to fall from it, as if the Portal was transporting things from other place to the Valentine's House inside Lynn's Bedroom. A Wardrobe falls from the Portal, Chairs and a Nightstand fell too. Edward takes his head down sneaking from them and feeling scared with what he just saw.

   Nora: All this is yours Lynn, inside the Wardrobe are new clothes for you. Put the chairs here in your Bedroom together with the nightstand, that's my gift to you. Think of all the Possibilities Lynn. Think about it.

Says Nora smiling and going out of the room. The Bedroom is now with the new Wardrobe, chairs and a Nightstand. Edward gives a quick look to the Room and there's just Lynn that was closing the door, Edward decides to get in the Room.

   Edward: My turn.

Edward jumps into the window and gets inside Lynn's Bedroom. Lynn is opening the windows of the room and gets scared by Edward.

   Lynn: No.

   Edward: Lynn..

   Lynn: No!

   Edward: Lynn, please..

   Lynn: Oh, Don't come with "Lynn, please" to me.

   Edward: I need to talk to you.

   Lynn: Seriously? You need to talk to me... You need to get out of here before the Guards know your presence.

   Edward: Lynn..

   Lynn: Edward just GET OUT!

   Edward: LYNN LISTEN TO ME!

  Lynn is really angry, she looks at Edward.

   Lynn: Go on. More lies. You didn't want to help me, you didn't want to be with me. You are a liar Edward, just that.

   Edward: Lynn, we gotta go.

   Lynn: No Edward. You need to go. You betrayed me.

   Edward: What are you talking about?!

   Lynn: As if you don't know?!

   Edward: No, I don't know Lynn. C'mon spit it out.

   Lynn: Leonard showed me a page of your Dairy Edward. And there is written everything!

Lynn goes take the page, she takes it and shows it to Edward, he takes it.

   Edward: Lynn... I didn't do this.

   Lynn: Of course you didn't. Now I Am the liar.

   Edward: Look Lynn! This is not even my words!

Edward opens his Bag and takes his Dairy, he opens it and shows to her the pages.

   Edward: You see?

Edward closes the Dairy and keeps it back in the Bag.

   Edward: Lynn, Leonard and Nora are doing this, they are manipulating you and your Family.

   Lynn: Ah C'mon!

   Edward: I'm telling you.

Lynn goes closer to Edward really angry, she goes and looks in Edward's Eyes.

   Lynn: Edward... Just tell me the truth! The TRUTH! You lied to me! Tell me the Truth! You didn't want me by your side! You are a Monster.

   Edward: Do you want the truth?

   Lynn: YES!

Edward turns back looking through the window putting his hand on his face, he turns back to Lynn.

   Edward: Why would I Come back to you!? Why?! Because I care, I CARE! I didn't write this, because I never felt that way. You want the truth Lynn..

   Lynn: Yes!

   Edward: So, yes. Yes, My plan at the beginning was to just take you to your Family and Leave you, yes, take the money and go back to my home, it is true. I was contracted to take you out of that Goddamn Tower. But! I changed, the time passed and I saw an Opportunity to do the right thing Lynn, I saw it, Because yes, I did bad things in my life but, accepting this work and Meeting you wasn't one of them for sure, I never would say something like that, neither for YOU, to Myself, or anyone. Lynn I'm here for you, take you out of this SHIT!

   Lynn: Edward..

   Edward: And Sorry, SORRY. I couldn't stop The Birdman, and I was a Criminal, in a Gang, living with bad people, doing terrible things to good people. I killed, I robbed, I was an Idiot. But when I received this work to get you, I saw a way to redeem myself, I saw a way to kill that monster inside me, Lynn, I want to help you, and this is going to mean so much to me, that I will be finally helping someone, finally doing the right thing and not disappointing more people than just myself....

Says Edward sharing a tear, looking at Lynn.

   Edward: The road until Redemption is long and I'll probably do more harm to people, but at the end, I know that I'll look back and see that my acts were good for All the people around me, even if I die in the way, that's a price that I'm willing to pay.... Ok?...

Lynn stays staring Edward almost crying, she goes closer to him, looking in his Eyes, she Hugs him. After their long Hug, Lynn looks in Edward's Eyes again.

   Lynn: I trust you.

   Edward: Thank you.

   Lynn: What now Edward? They think I'm going to...

Lynn goes steps back and puts her hands on her head.

   Lynn: They think I'm going to Engage with Leonard!

   Edward: Before anything. I got something for you.

Edward shows to her the Letter from Zachary to Nora that was in O'Connell's House. Lynn starts to read it.

   Lynn: God...

   Edward: I found it in her House.

   Lynn: You Invaded the O'Connell's House?

   Edward: Yes but, it was for this, show you the truth about them. I don't know if we can trust all the Founders anymore.

   Lynn: No...

   Edward: Who else could be with Zachary either?

Lynn gives the Letter back to Edward.

   Edward: I would show you this if you didn't believe me before.

   Lynn: Thank you for that. But, what's next? Because, Leonard and I are probably getting Engaged soon.

    Edward: I would say that we gotta go but, I got an Idea. Let's pretend this Engagement, and I will appear at the ceremony and show to everybody the truth about the O'Connell's, and maybe, Zachary too.

   Lynn: But, you alone?

   Edward: I got new friends.

They talked about this new plan for a little while, then Edward went out of the Valentine's House to Harley's House, talk to Scarlett or McGraw. Edward knocked on Scarlett's door and she opened. Getting inside the House Edward talks with Scarlett.

   Scarlett: How was it? What happened?

   Edward: I did it. It's true about Nora and Zachary collaboration, I found inside her House a Letter from Zachary saying everything!

   Scarlett: Oh Shit! Are you serious!?

   Edward: Yes!

   Scarlett: That's Amazing, Edward. You... Ah.

Says Scarlett smiling and relived.

   Edward: Where's McGraw?

   Scarlett: He just..

   McGraw: Here dear Moustached Man.

Says McGraw going out of the Bathroom.

   Scarlett: He came back a few seconds before you.

   Edward: Right. So, you heard what I said.

   McGraw: I heard Edward. And thank you for that. But, tell us, what did you do inside Valentine's House and why Lynn is not here?

   Edward: Well, I talked with Lynn, and she understood everything, I showed to her the letter and we made a plan.

   Scarlett: That's getting interesting.

   Edward: Today is going to happen the Engagement of Leonard and Lynn..

   McGraw: Shit!

   Edward: Wait, wait. There's the plan, Lynn is going to act as if she is truly Engaging with Leonard, but, we will show up at the Ceremony.

   McGraw: Us two!?

   Edward: That's the plan.

   McGraw: All right! That's what I'm talking about Edward!

   Edward: We'll show to all the people at the Ceremony the truth about Nora and Leonard and probably unmask Zachary.

   McGraw: Do you have in mind How to do this?

   Edward: I thought something about coming from above, like Jumping into the Ceremony.

   McGraw: I like this Idea but, how we gonna do this? The Airship that was at the Aero Building is destroyed.

   Edward: I my mind we gotta get a Flying Car.

   McGraw: HAHA! C'mon Edward, Flying Cars are things for the Rich people, where we will find it?

   Edward: That's the part where Scarlett participates.

They look at Scarlett.

   Edward: Scarlett, sorry if I'm being rude, but, do you have the Car? Or something that Flies and we can use to this?

   Scarlett: Look, if we were not in the circumstances that we are, I wouldn't be so polite now, but, Yes, I got a Car.

   Edward: I promise you that we will not cause any damage to it. Right McGraw?

   McGraw: Of Course.

   Edward: I'll just want you to teach me how to use the Car, Scarlett.

   Scarlett: It's ok just..

One of the Guards come to Scarlett's door.

   Scarlett: Edward!

   Edward: What?

   Scarlett: Hide!

Edward hides and Scarlett goes to the door, the Guard rings the bell and McGraw sits on the chairs in the kitchen, Scarlett opens the door.

   Guard: Hello Miss Harley, I'm here to announce and give to you the Invite for the Engagement Ceremony of Leonard O'Connell and Lynn Valentine that will happen Later that Night at the Ceremony Center Behind All the last Houses of Fleetwood Street.

   Scarlett: Oh, Ok, Thank you.

   Guard: And also, Misses Nora O'Connell want to have a Talk with you at the Ceremony privately. Good afternoon Miss Harley.

   Scarlett: All right. Good afternoon.

Scarlett closes the door and the Guard goes.

   Edward: Can I go?

   Scarlett: Yes, C'mon.

   McGraw: So, they are already giving the invites. Turn on the TV, let's see what they are talking.

Scarlett turns the TV on and opens the Invite. On the TV is already saying about the Engagement of Lynn that will happen at 7 PM.

   McGraw: 7 o'clock Ahm.

   Scarlett: Ok, I'll be there. So, couldn't you two come with me?

   McGraw: Ahm? What do you mean?

   Scarlett: You know, you will go undercover with me like two friends.

   Edward: Unfortunately Scarlett, they know who I Am, they must have a Photo or an image of me, or even Nora gave my Characteristics to the Guards, they know how I look like.

   McGraw: Now, Edward. The plan is to get in Scarlett's Car and go to the Ceremony and then jump in it?

   Edward: Yes, I know it doesn't sound that accurate but, yes. We take you to the Ceremony Scarlett, and then we fly above the place and at the right moment we jump into the party saying what we have to say.

   McGraw: Going there, Jumping into the Ceremony, saying those things about Zachary that will be there too. We don't have anything that proves what we are saying Edward. Besides it is really dangerous.

   Edward: But the first step is to expose what we already know, maybe the people will doubt who they trust and the others Founders there, may show what they feel about all this. We go Armed.

McGraw smiles looking to Edward approving his speech.

   McGraw: That's what I'm talking about.

   Scarlett: You two can stay here until the Ceremony.

   Edward: Thank you Scarlett. I didn't think that you would be on our side.

   McGraw: I thought. Haha. But thanks Scarlett.

   Scarlett: You own me Jessie.

Says her Laughing with McGraw. Edward goes to the Backyard of the House and he rests sitting on a chair outside, since the rain stoped, Edward ends up sleeping, while Scarlett and McGraw stays talking inside the House. The time passes. Edward opens his eyes, he is at what looks like  a School, walking on a Hall looking for someone, he starts to scream a name "Rhiannon! Rhiannon!?" He passed by a Window and looking outside he sees the people there eating and drinking, he starts to scream but his voice doesn't come out of his mouth giving a terrible Sensation, one of Edward's Eye starts to bleed and he tries to walk but he doesn't move, when someone starts to call him, with a different accent, but the voices start to transform into another.

   Voices: Is it you Edward? Edward? Edward!? Edward!?

   McGraw: Edward!

  He wakes up with McGraw putting his hand on Edward's shoulder.

   McGraw: Let's get ready. It's Six-Thirty.

   Edward: All right.

Edward get up and goes with McGraw to inside.

   Edward: Where's Scarlett?

   McGraw: Oh, she's since 5 o'clock getting ready. Haha!

   Edward: Oh My God, look how it is outside.

On the street, there are a lot of people, obviously because of the Engagement.

   McGraw: Yeah, all those people are there since Two hours ago.

  Edward: Ok, Uhm, we need something to cover our faces, do you have something?

   McGraw: Well, yes, I do. But, do you?

   Edward: Yes, inside my Bag I got a Scarf Mask.

   McGraw: Me too! Looks like we are going matching.

Edward laughs.

   Edward: Let's go, prepare your Guns.

They get ready to the Act, they just wait for Scarlett. After a few minutes she goes to the Living Room, wearing a Red Beautiful Dress and holding a handbag, all ready to the Ceremony.

   McGraw: Wow Harley. You are Beautiful, I gotta confess.

   Scarlett: Thanks McGraw. Are you two ready?

   Edward: Yep, Let's go, it's time.

They go to the Garage, and there's a Black Flying Car owned by Scarlett.

   McGraw: It is not everyday that I see one of those.

   Edward: It's really beautiful.

Scarlett unlocks the Car and they go inside, McGraw and Edward at the front seats and Scarlett at the back, she leans her body by plancing her head next to Edward.

   Scarlett: Hey Handsome, do you know what's happening in front of you?

   Edward: ... No.

   Scarlett: Do you have a car License?

   Edward: Yes.

   Scarlett: Forget all about starting the Car, the rest, it's pretty much the same as a normal car, besides that you'll be in air. Let me help you there.

Scarlett teaches Edward how to use the Car correctly.

   Scarlett: Now, just...

She opens the Garage.

   Scarlett: Follow my movements.

She puts her hands on Edward's arms and says to him what to do.

   McGraw: Why didn't I drive the car?

   Scarlett: Shut up McGraw.

  McGraw: Ok, ok.

  Scarlett: Yes!

The car started to Fly and Edward is driving.

   Scarlett: See?! Is not that difficult.

   Edward: Actually, you are right. Ok, the Ceremony is..

   Scarlett: Right there.

Edward goes up with the car flying above the street, they can see down them the Lot people trying to see the Important personalities who are going to the Ceremony, the rain stoped  leaving just a few Clouds above in the Orange and Blue Sky in front of the beautiful Sunset. They go to the Ceremony Center Behind the Fleetwood Street, Edward lands the Car at the entrance of the Ceremony Center next to the Red Carpet that leads to the place of Parties and Ceremonies. The Ceremony Center is Behind the Artificial Mountains of Silver Springs, the Artificial Mountains are behind the Fleetwood Street, they are not so Big since it had to take place in the City and it couldn't be Big, the back part of it it's where is the Ceremony Center that uses part of the Mountains too. Scarlett, before going out of the Car, talks to Edward and McGraw.

   Scarlett: Listen, be careful, look at the amount of people here, including Guards.

   McGraw: We will Harley, don't worry.

   Edward: Yes Scarlett, we will.

   Scarlett: I'm going, I'll stay there until you two do the Show. Bye bye Muchachos.

Scarlett goes out of the Car, outside Photographers are already waiting for her and the other Celebrities appear, besides Reporters and all the People Watching the Event. Edward Flies the Car and goes near to the Mountains, he stops the Car there.

   Edward: Here we are. Just waiting.

McGraw picks a Binoculars to see what's happening at the Event.

   McGraw: Look what I got.

   Edward: Perfect. What's happening down there?

   McGraw: Just Scarlett posing and taking pictures.

   Edward: No more Founders?

  McGraw: Let's see... Besides Anthony and Nora, Uhmmm... Thomas Larkin is already here with his Daughter..

   Edward: Her name is Raven right?

   McGraw: Yes...

After a Minute.

   McGraw: Oh, Here he is, Mister Smith.

   Edward: Who?

   McGraw: Franklin Smith, he's a Founder too. In charge of New County District, he's with his Daughter and Wife too. Zachary hates him.

   Edward: Where's Zachary?

   McGraw: That's what I'm waiting for. Son of a Bitch doesn't show up.

After a Few more Minutes.

   McGraw: Look! Here he is.

   Edward: Zachary?!

   McGraw: Yes. Look at the amount of Guards with him.

Edward takes the Binoculars.

   McGraw: And who is this guy with him?

   Edward: I don't know.

   McGraw: Me neither.

   Edward: Right. Now it's time to pay attention in everything. When everyone be sitting at the Ceremony we'll go there, ok?

   McGraw: Got it.

They wait just a few minutes more to the Beginning of the Ceremony, when, it begins, Edward says to McGraw to keep him Notified about what's happening at the Ceremony and to alert him at the perfect moment to move on and show up there. They wait until Leonard and Lynn show up there, it's when McGraw says to Edward about it, Edward drives the Car to the back part of the Ceremony, Lynn, now is just wait for the Edward's action, Edward talks to McGraw, asking him if he's ready.

   Edward: Ok. Are you Ready?

   McGraw: I'm always, Partner.

  The Ceremony is already happening, Leonard is at the Outdoor Stage holding Lynn's hands, Lynn who is with a horrible face. TV, Radios, Reporters, TV NewsCast are reporting the moment, all the Six Founders are there sitting on the Chairs watching the moment with the rest of the City, that is the perfect moment to Edward and McGraw appear. Inside the Car, Edward goes up and they can see the people on the Chairs, that are not understanding a Car behind the Stage, Edward  programs the Car to return to Scarlett's House while the two puts their Masks on. They jump from the Car to the Stage.

  Leonard was already putting the Ring on Lynn's Finger when Edward and McGraw, Masked, Fell into the Ceremony, scaring everyone there, Edward falls Putting his Arm on Zachary's throat, McGraw stays Behind Edward taking cover. Edward Says out Loud.

   Edward: Everyone Listen! I got somethings to tell you, Bad news for some people.

   Leonard: What the hell is Happening!?

Screams Leonard. While Nora gets Angry.

   Edward: I got a Letter proving the involvement of Zachary and Nora in a Plan of Absolute Power of Silver Springs!

Before Edward finished, Zachary snapped his fingers, making a type of signal to someone.

   Edward: And I'll show it to everyone, The Founders and the Hole City!

   Zachary: How dare you to put your hands on me Mister Levinson.

Edward looks at him.

   Edward: Shut up.

   Zachary: What your parents would think of that, ahm?

   Edward: What?

   Zachary: You don't know how big it is what's happening right now False Messiah.

   Edward: Why do you call me like that!?

Thomas Larkin stands up.

Thomas: What's going on Zachary?

Franklin Smith stands up too.

   Franklin: Yes Andrews. What's Happening!?

Zachary continues to look in Edward's Eyes.

   Zachary: As I said before, I know you and I know your steps.

   Edward: Shut up.

Edward goes to take the Letter on his Bag.

   Zachary: I assume you didn't meet Clint before, didn't you Mister Levinson?

Edward stops.

   Edward: What?... Who?

Someone behind sitting on the Chairs Stands up.

   Clint: No Zachary, we didn't meet.

Clint, a Tall bearded Man wearing a Black Tuxedo with an Eye Patch

   Edward: What's going on?

   McGraw: Edward! Focus. Don't let them manipulate you.

   Zachary: So, You want to burn my Image, Levinson?

Edward picks the Letter from his Bag.

   Edward: Listen, Everyone. Again! I have this Letter, that proves Nora and Zachary's Plan. It's written, "I received your message Misses Nora O'Connell, and yes, we can make a deal. And yes I want your help, Mister Leonard O'Connell, your son, will be really important, and yes I want him to change Lynn's Mind and come to us. At the end, I can give you part of the Power of the City, Thirty to Forty Percent of the Control of Silver Springs. Nothing more. Help me with my application, and I will help yo" ..

   Clint: STOP NOW.

Edward looks to Clint.

   Franklin: Why are you afraid of the Letter, Clint?

   Clint: Sorry, not of your business.

   Nora: DAMNIT ZACHARY!

   Thomas: Who is this Fella Clint?!

   Scarlett: Can you explain us this Misses O'Connell? And you Andrews?

   Zachary: Mister Levinson, you choose the wrong way. And Clint knows that too.

   Edward: Shut up. "We can put Silver Springs down and command not just a City, but also"..

   Zachary: Now Clint!

Clint picks something on his hands that caught Edward and Especially McGraw's Attention.

   McGraw: Edward!

   Zachary: Say one more word False Shepherd and you will be dead, and Lynn, back to her Tower.

   Edward: What Are you talking about?

   McGraw: Edward! Wait a moment!

   Edward: "And Also, an entire"..

   Clint: Always picking the wrong choices.

Clint was holding a Whistler and he starts to play it, when Lynn gets worried.

   Lynn: No!

   Edward: What's happening!?

   McGraw: Oh no....

   Zachary: And Again, As I said before Mister Levinson, I know your Steps.

After Clint play the Whistler they start to hear a Scream, from The Birdman.

   Lynn: No! Not him! LEONARD! You said..

   Leonard: I know! I know! I'll handle this!

   Lynn: No you're not going to!

   Edward: What's going on!?

   McGraw: Shit Edward!

The people around gets scared when they hear the screams and then a Flap of Wings, there's The Birdman coming from the Sky and falling in direction of the Ceremony.

   Edward: What did you do!?

   Zachary: Just protecting the people from you Edward. Just that.

Lynn discuss with Leonard.

   Lynn: You are a Liar.

   Leonard: Lynn, do not trust Edward.

   Lynn: I shouldn't have trust you.

Lynn Slaps Leonard in the Face and then runs to Edward and McGraw.

   Edward: Go! Stay way! The Birdman is going to..

   Lynn: Shut up Edward!

The Birdman is getting closer, Edward and McGraw are already preparing their selves to the Fight that they will probably not win, Edward already went steps back from Zachary and all the others are just watching what is going to happen, all the people around is scared. Lynn runs closer to Edward and McGraw and when The Birman was going to hit them, Lynn Suddenly creates a Portal, opening a scape way to somewhere else around the City, the Portal just send Lynn, Edward and McGraw leaving the Ceremony Center. Lynn closes the Portal, she opened a Portal to near the Bridge of the Fleetwood District, they are at a Corner between two small apartments, Edward looks around and is confused.

   Edward: Oh My God.

   Lynn: Are you ok?

   McGraw: Yes. I had worse nights.

   Edward: God...

   Lynn: Edward?

   Edward: Lynn... What.... Wha...

   Lynn: Stay calm ok!? Breath and relax.

   Edward: How?! How?! What the HELL did happen!?

   Lynn: I can explain to you just stay calm.

   Edward: God...

   McGraw: Look. The Mission was almost done completely, now the Founders will doubt Zachary and Nora, but, there's still work to be done, and now we know that Clint is here and also The Birdman is alive, so, Edward, go deal with your business and let me take care here of the City, if something get worse or something important happen I can contact you two. Understand Moustache?

Edward is Pale and sweating with a scared face.

   Lynn: Ok we understood, Mister?

   McGraw: McGraw, or if you want, Bad Wolf.

   Lynn: Ok then Bad Wolf.

McGraw calls his Mechanical Horse and goes away. Lynn is helping Edward to come back to normal after what happened.

   Lynn: Edward, you heard him we need to go now, the authorities must be seeking us around the Hole City. C'mon.

She stands Edward up.

   Edward: We gotta go now. I need to rest.

   Lynn: Yeah, I see.

Edward goes to the street that is empty, he whistles to Texas.

   Lynn: Do you think he's going to hear you?

   Edward: Yes. He always does.

  Texas comes galloping on the street. Edward and Lynn gets up on him, and they start to ride to the Eden Center District through the Bridge.

   Lynn: Are you ok?

   Edward: I'm getting better...

   Lynn: So, you found out my condition.

Says Lynn doing a nervous laugh.

   Edward: I'm still trying to process it.

   Lynn: Well..

   Edward: Are you a Witch or something like that?

   Lynn: No!

Says Lynn laughing.

   Lynn: Edward, you saw so much here and in the past times so, please try to understand me.

   Edward: You're right. Go on.

   Lynn: I don't know why this happen but I can open Dimensional Windows through the Space and Time..

   Edward: God..

   Lynn: Listen. When I was Eleven Years Old it was the first time I opened a Window, a Tear, to another place, I felt scared but I tried to control and "Master" this ability. And it was when they put me inside the Tower since the Tale was becoming true.

   Edward: So, you are saying that you can open "Windows" to go to other places? Seriously?

   Lynn: Yes. Another Places, another Times. This was useful when I was locked in that Tower.

   Edward: Oh My God. This was what everyone was saying to me to discover by myself?

   Lynn: Probably. Listen. You may see more of it around the City, somehow the City is a place where this Tears are opening and closing, showing to the people images and things from other places and times. Just pay attention, you may see them here. And maybe, I can use them to help us in trouble. Just like now.

   Edward: And just you can control those "Tears"?

   Lynn: Yes, my father says that Julianne Lowell and her Brother Juliann Lowell could control it too. But I'm not sure about this.

   Edward: God... We need to go to a Hotel or right out of the City.

   Lynn: That's a Good idea. Let's go to a Hotel at the Eden District.

   Edward: Do you know a Hotel?

   Lynn: Yes. Follow my instructions.

They pass through the Bridge going to the Eden Center District, there Edward stops.

   Lynn: Edward, are you sure you want to go, we could see if there's something to do here, or someone to help.

Edward looks around.

   Edward: No, let's leave this for another day.

   Lynn: So, the Hotel is in this direction.

Edward rides to the Hotel, they start to hear Screams, again from The Birdman, they get scared and Edward rides to a Corner to hide from The Birdman. They see The Birdman flying, they stay in silence, The Birdman passes above them, fortunately it was night and there was not so much Light at the Corner. Edward's heart starts to beat faster.

   Lynn: I think he went away.... Edward?

   Edward: Ugh...

Edward almost falls on the ground but Lynn got him first.

   Lynn: Edward, Edward, listen. Stay strong, ok? Stay strong let's go to the Hotel, is near here.

   Edward: O-Ok...

They get up on Texas and slowly goes out of the Corner being careful looking to the Sky. Everything is safe so, Edward rides to the Hotel, feeling really bad with a nausea, Lynn holds Edward to maintain him up on Texas. Getting at the Hotel Edward stops and they go off Texas, Edward is walking in a strange way and Lynn goes holding him to inside the Hotel, inside they talk to the receptionist and get the room.

   Lynn: We need a room.

   Receptionist: So, a Room for a couple.

   Lynn: No, we are no..

   Receptionist: Sorry!

   Lynn: Yes, Yes! A Room for a Couple!

   Receptionist: Ok then.... Here your Keys.

   Lynn: Thank you. C'mon Edward.

Lynn helps Edward to walk, they go upstairs to the Hall to their Room, Edward walks with difficulty, breathing hard, getting in the Hall, Lynn continues to help Edward to walk, they go to the Door of the Room, Lynn picks the Keys and when she's going to open it she hears someone inside it, two people talking, a Man and a Woman, she gets scared and doesn't know what to do, she checks if it's the right Room and it actually is, Edward asks her why she's taking so long to open the door when he hears the Voices inside the Room. Edward goes to the Door, Lynn unlocks it with the keys and Edward Opens it quickly to see who's there.

  Edward stops paralyzed at the Door looking inside, Lynn looks to the inside and immediately goes in the Room. They see two people, their selves, another Edward and another Lynn talking in the Room. The Other Lynn noticed their presence and they start to look at each other, looking to their own selves, Lynn looks at the other her while the two walks, Edward goes inside the Room looking to the Other Edward and walking around each other, Edward stops in the Middle of the Room with his Eyes completely open, the Other Lynn follows the Other Edward and they go out of the Room looking to each other inside the same room.

  Edward and Lynn stays quiet for a second when Lynn tries to talk with Edward.

   Lynn: E-Edward... Edward... Edward?

   Edward: ...

   Lynn: Edward?

She goes in front of him and puts her hands on his face.

   Lynn: Edward, talk to me.

Edward remains in silence.

   Lynn: I'm scared too!...

   Edward: ...

   Lynn: Talk to me, please.

   Edward: We gotta get out of here.

   Lynn: Ok. O-Ok, let's go right back below...

They forget about staying at the Hotel, they go down and gives back the Keys to the Receptionist, they go outside to Texas and get up on him, Edward rides away with Lynn out of the City.

Edward rides to Green Home District take the Long Bridge.....